R8605B M300 V2

268
Service Manual R8605B Type M301, M302 System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Transcript of R8605B M300 V2

Page 1: R8605B M300 V2

Service Manual R8605BType M301, M302

System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Page 2: R8605B M300 V2
Page 3: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Volume 2

Note to Users

This Service Manual is constructed using a system of issue letters (alphas) immediatelyfollowing the reference number, eg. 5943A denotes A as being the first issue. This ruleapplies both to the overall volume reference and to its individual chapters, but is appliedto each, separately, whenever important amendments are made. Therefore, the incrementissue letter of any given chapter may not match that of the main volume.

Page 4: R8605B M300 V2
Page 5: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

SAFETY SECTION

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION

CHAPTER 3 COMMISSIONING

CHAPTER 4 PROBLEM ANALYSIS

CHAPTER 5 SCADA INFORMATION

Page 6: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

Page 7: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

SAFETY SECTION

This Safety Section should be read before commencing any work on the equipment.

Health and safety

The information in the Safety Section of the product documentation is intended toensure that products are properly installed and handled in order to maintain themin a safe condition. It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with theequipment will be familiar with the contents of the Safety Section.

Explanation of symbols and labels

The meaning of symbols and labels which may be used on the equipment or in theproduct documentation, is given below.

Caution: refer to product documentation Caution: risk of electric shock

Protective/safety *earth terminal

Functional *earth terminal.Note: this symbol may also be used for a protective/safety earth terminal if that terminal is part of aterminal block or sub-assembly eg. power supply.

*Note: The term earth used throughout the product documentation is the directequivalent of the North American term ground.

Installing, Commissioning and ServicingEquipment connections

Personnel undertaking installation, commissioning or servicing work on thisequipment should be aware of the correct working procedures to ensure safety.The product documentation should be consulted before installing, commissioning orservicing the equipment.

Terminals exposed during installation, commissioning and maintenance maypresent a hazardous voltage unless the equipment is electrically isolated.

If there is unlocked access to the rear of the equipment, care should be taken by allpersonnel to avoid electric shock or energy hazards.

Voltage and current connections should be made using insulated crimpterminations to ensure that terminal block insulation requirements are maintainedfor safety. To ensure that wires are correctly terminated, the correct crimp terminaland tool for the wire size should be used.

Page 8: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

Before energising the equipment it must be earthed using the protective earthterminal, or the appropriate termination of the supply plug in the case of plugconnected equipment. Omitting or disconnecting the equipment earth may cause asafety hazard.

The recommended minimum earth wire size is 2.5 mm2, unless otherwise stated inthe technical data section of the product documentation.

Before energising the equipment, the following should be checked:

Voltage rating and polarity;

CT circuit rating and integrity of connections;

Protective fuse rating;

Integrity of earth connection (where applicable)

Equipment operating conditions

The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical andenvironmental limits.

Current transformer circuits

Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high voltage producedmay be lethal to personnel and could damage insulation.

External resistors

Where external resistors are fitted to relays, these may present a risk of electricshock or burns, if touched.

Battery replacement

Where internal batteries are fitted they should be replaced with the recommendedtype and be installed with the correct polarity, to avoid possible damage to theequipment.

Insulation and dielectric strength testing

Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At theend of each part of the test, the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero, todischarge capacitors, before the test leads are disconnected.

Insertion of modules and pcb cards

These must not be inserted into or withdrawn from equipment whilst it is energised,since this may result in damage.

Fibre optic communication

Where fibre optic communication devices are fitted, these should not be vieweddirectly. Optical power meters should be used to determine the operation or signallevel of the device.

Page 9: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

Older ProductsElectrical adjustments

Equipments which require direct physical adjustments to their operating mechanismto change current or voltage settings, should have the electrical power removedbefore making the change, to avoid any risk of electric shock.

Mechanical adjustments

The electrical power to the relay contacts should be removed before checking anymechanical settings, to avoid any risk of electric shock.

Draw out case relays

Removal of the cover on equipment incorporating electromechanical operatingelements, may expose hazardous live parts such as relay contacts.

Insertion and withdrawal of extender cards

When using an extender card, this should not be inserted or withdrawn from theequipment whilst it is energised. This is to avoid possible shock or damagehazards. Hazardous live voltages may be accessible on the extender card.

Insertion and withdrawal of heavy current test plugs

When using a heavy current test plug, CT shorting links must be in place beforeinsertion or removal, to avoid potentially lethal voltages.

Decommissioning and Disposal

Decommissioning: The auxiliary supply circuit in the relay may includecapacitors across the supply or to earth. To avoid electricshock or energy hazards, after completely isolating thesupplies to the relay (both poles of any dc supply), thecapacitors should be safely discharged via the externalterminals prior to decommissioning.

Disposal: It is recommended that incineration and disposal to watercourses is avoided. The product should be disposed of in asafe manner. Any products containing batteries should havethem removed before disposal, taking precautions to avoidshort circuits. Particular regulations within the country ofoperation, may apply to the disposal of lithium batteries.

Page 10: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2

Contents

Technical SpecificationsProtective fuse rating

The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for thisequipment is 6A, Red Spot type or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in thetechnical data section of the product documentation.

Insulation class: IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 This equipment requires aClass I protective (safety) earthEN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 connection to ensure userClass I safety.

Installation IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 Distribution level, fixedCategory Category III installation. Equipment in(Overvoltage): EN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 this category is qualification

Category III tested at 5kV peak, 1.2/50µs,500Ω, 0.5J, between all supplycircuits and earth and alsobetween independent circuits.

Environment: IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 Compliance is demonstrated byPollution degree 2 reference to generic safetyEN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 standards.Pollution degree 2

Product safety: 73/23/EEC Compliance with the EuropeanCommission Low VoltageDirective.

EN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 Compliance is demonstratedEN 60950: 1992/A11: 1997 by reference to generic safety

standards.

Page 11: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Chapter 1Introduction

Page 12: R8605B M300 V2
Page 13: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Contents

1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM M300 SERVICE MANUALS 1

2. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM 32.1 User interface and menu structure 32.1.1 Menu structure and password protection 32.1.1.1 Access level 0 42.1.1.2 Access level 1 52.1.1.3 Access level 2 62.2 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records 252.3 Communication ports user interface 252.4 Courier communication interface 262.5 ModBus communication interface 26

3. MODEL IDENTIFICATION 28

FIGURE 1 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 0 4

FIGURE 2 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 1 5

FIGURE 3 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 2 6

FIGURE 4 PASSWORD ENTRY PROCEDURE 7

FIGURE 5 MENU OVERVIEW 8

FIGURE 6 LAYER 0 MENU 9

FIGURE 7 LAYER 1 MENU 10

FIGURE 8 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM DATA 11

FIGURE 9 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 12

FIGURE 10 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM MODES 13

FIGURE 11 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM COMMANDS 14

FIGURE 12 LAYER 2 MENU: DEMAND VALUES 15

FIGURE 13 LAYER 2 MENU: TARIFF METER 16

FIGURE 14 LAYER 2 MENU: VIEW RECORDS 17

FIGURE 15 LAYER 2 MENU: DISTURBANCE RECORDER 18

FIGURE 16 LAYER 2 MENU: COMMUNICATION SETTINGS 19

FIGURE 17 LAYER 2 MENU: DEMAND CALCULATION 20

FIGURE 18 LAYER 2 MENU: ANALOG OUTPUTS 21

FIGURE 19 LAYER 2 MENU: RELAY OUTPUTS 22

FIGURE 20 LAYER 2 MENU: OPTO INPUTS 23

FIGURE 21 LAYER 2 MENU: SETPOINT GROUPS 1 TO 4 24

FIGURE 22 LAYER 2 MENU: TARIFF SETTINGS 25

Page 14: R8605B M300 V2
Page 15: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 1 of 28

Section 1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM M300 SERVICEMANUALS

This service manual provides a functional and technical description of the MiCOMM300 System Analysis and Measurement Centre range and a comprehensive setof instructions for the use and application of the unit. The generic description usedfor the product range in this manual is M300. There are two main productvariants; one panel mounted and referred to throughout as M301, and the otherDIN rail mounted and referred to as M302.

The service manual is split into two volumes as follows:

Volume 1 includes information on the application of the measurement centre anda technical description of its features. It is mainly intended forapplication engineers concerned with the selection and application ofthe product for measuring power system parameters.

Volume 2 contains information on the installation and commissioning of theproduct, and also a section on fault finding. This volume is intendedfor test and commissioning engineers who are responsible for theinstallation and maintenance of the unit.

The introductory chapter is common to both volumes and includes:

• An introduction to the MiCOM range of products and the features and facilitieswhich the range offers.

• A description of the user interface of the M301 to enable the user to start usingthe product. This concentrates on the menu structure and how to navigate it fromthe front of the unit.

• General technical statements.

The chapter content within each volume is summarised below:

Volume 1 Engineering Volume

Chapter 1 Introduction

Introduction to the MiCOM products and a guide to the userinterface of the M300.

Chapter 2 Applications

Comprehensive and detailed description of the features of theproduct, the power system applications for which it is intended, andhow to calculate and apply suitable settings to the unit.

Chapter 3 Description

Overview of the hardware and software in the unit along with adescription of the internal operation of the unit. This chapter includesinformation on the self checking features and diagnostics of theproduct.

Chapter 4 Specification

Technical specifications of the product giving details of accuracylimits, recommended operating conditions, technical ratings andperformance etc. Where appropriate the technical specifications arequoted in relation to the relevant technical standard(s).

Page 16: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 2 of 28

Volume 2 Installation volume

Chapter 1 Introduction

Introduction to the MiCOM products and a guide to the userinterface of the M300.

Chapter 2 Installation

Contains recommendations on unpacking, handling, inspection andstorage of the product. A guide to the mechanical and electricalinstallation of the product is provided, which incorporates wiringdiagrams and earthing details.

Chapter 3 Commissioning

Instructions regarding how to commission the product on site,comprising checks on the calibration of the product, and directionson how to check the functionality of the product to prove it is incorrect working order. This also includes a guide to entering therequired product settings.

Chapter 4 Problem analysis

This chapter provides advice on how to recognise failure symptomsand how to proceed in order to restore the product to a healthycondition.

Chapter 5 Communications and SCADA interface

This chapter provides detailed information regarding thecommunication interfaces of the product, including a detaileddescription of the settings database stored inside and how to accessit. The chapter also gives information on each of the communicationprotocols that can be used with the unit, and is intended to allow theuser to design a custom interface to a SCADA system.

Page 17: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 3 of 28

Section 2. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM

MiCOM is the new range of substation protection and control products fromALSTOM T&D Protection & Control. Central to the concept of MiCOM iscommunication; communication between the different products in the range andbetween the MiCOM products and substation control and SCADA systems. Thisenables MiCOM to provide a comprehensive range of integrated protection andcontrol equipment which is capable of fulfilling all substation requirements.

The MiCOM range includes a wide selection of protection relays (the P series),measurement products for accurate metering and monitoring (the M series) andversatile communication support packages for personal computer interrogation ofthe products (the S series).

All MiCOM products include facilities for recording a multitude of information onthe state and behaviour of the power system through disturbance and fault records,but also can provide measurements of the system at regular intervals to a controlcentre to enable remote monitoring and control to take place.

There are several personal computer based support software packages in theMiCOM range which are custom designed for use with the other MiCOMproducts:

• MiCOM M300 setting software is designed for local control of a singlemeasurement centre and provides facilities for changing product settings andviewing measurands. This package communicates via the ModBus protocol.

• MiCOM S1 is designed for local control of a single relay and providesfacilities for operations such as changing the relay settings, programming theprotection scheme logic and extracting disturbance and fault records. Thispackage communicates via the Courier protocol.

• MiCOM S10 provides substation-wide communication with many MiCOMproducts and is capable of extracting and displaying measurements from anentire substation. Also MiCOM S1 can be combined with MiCOM S10 toallow control of the relay settings for all MiCOM devices within a substation.

The range of measurement products in the MiCOM range presently includes thefollowing products:

M100 panel mounted energy meters

M210 system measurement centre

M300 system analysis and measurement centre

For up-to-date information on any of the products in the MiCOM range see thelatest MiCOM publications.

2.1 User interface and menu structure

The settings and functions of the M300 can be accessed from either the front panelor rear communications port. The M302 has only communications ports and nolocal user interface.

2.1.1 Menu structure and password protection

The front panel user interface is arranged in a hierarchical structure which isdesigned to provide an intuitive interface eliminating the need for constantrecourse to the service manual. There are three main layers to the menu. Layer 0 of

Page 18: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 4 of 28

the menu allows access to the measured parameters. Layer 1 allows access to thedifferent setting groups. Once the appropriate setting group that requires changingis located then access can be gained to the actual setting.

Different password access levels are allotted according to the security criteria ofindividual settings.

2.1.1.1 Access level 0

To set access to level 0

Layer 0 menu

or

Layer 1 menu

System data

Layer 2 menu

or

Password control

Enter password - see text

or

Access level 0

Level 1

Level 2

Level 0

Figure 1

With this access level set only level 0 settings can be changed without the entranceof a password. The only setting that can be changed is that of the Real Time Clock.

Page 19: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 5 of 28

2.1.1.2 Access level 1To set access to level 1

Layer 1 menu

or

System data

Layer 2 menu

or

Password control

Enter password - see text

or

Access level 1

Level 2

Level 0

Level 1

Device settings

Figure 2

With this access level set only level 0 and 1 settings can be changed without theentry of a password. The settings available include:

Real Time Clock

Clear all event records

Clear waveform capture and all disturbance records

All other reset commands

Page 20: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 6 of 28

2.1.1.3 Access level 2:To set access to level 2

Layer 1 menu

or

System data

Layer 2 menu

or

Password control

Enter password - see text

or

Access level 2

Level 0

Level 1

Device settings

Level 2

Layer 0 menu

All settings are now available to the operator without entering passwords.

If a setting requires a password to be entered then the following procedure shouldbe followed:

Figure 3

Page 21: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 7 of 28

Figure 4

The three menu layers of the unit can be navigated using the key presses shown inFigure 5 below. Pressing and holding a key will cause the unit to automaticallystep around the layer (auto repeat function).

Password settingEnter Level 1 or 2Password: ****

or

orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.

then

Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P***

orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.

then

Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P1**

orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.

then

Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P1A*

orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.

then

Page 22: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 8 of 28

Figure 5 Menu overview

C

Currentdisplays

Powerdisplays

Powerfactor

Energydisplays

Maximumdemanddisplays

Systemfrequency

DC input

Pulsedinputdisplays

MiCOM M300MeasurementCentre

Voltagedisplays

Layer 0 menu

anti-clockwiserotation

clockwiserotation

C

Demandand tariffs

Record viewsand settings

Communicationssettings

Demandsettings

Analogueoutputs

Relayoutputs

Opto inputs

Setpointsand tariffs

System data

Systemcommands

Layer 1 menu

anti-clockwiserotation

clockwiserotation

C

Opto input 2Opto input 1

Layer 2 menu

anti-clockwiserotation

clockwiserotation

Return to previous menu

Return to previous menu

Actual setting change

Actual setting change

Page 23: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 9 of 28

Figu

re 6

Laye

r 0 m

enu

C

MiC

OM

M30

0

Mea

sure

men

t Cen

tre

Van

Vbn

Vcn

Vab

Vbc

Vca

Van

Vbn

Vcn

%TH

DVa

b Vb

cVc

a %

THD

Volts

NPS

Ia Ib

IcN

eutra

l cur

rent

=Ia

IbIc

%TH

DA

MPS

NPS

=

Tim

e in

to p

erio

dx

into

y m

in

pulse

d in

put 2

pulse

d in

put 1

dc in

put

Syste

m fr

eque

ncy

MD

PF

MD

lead

ing

kvar

MD

lagg

ing

kvar

MD

(-) k

VA

MD

(+) k

VA

MD

exp

ort k

WM

D im

port

kWLe

adin

g en

ergy

Lagg

ing

ener

gyEx

port

ener

gyIm

port

ener

gyPF

=A

ppar

ent p

ower

Tota

lA

ppar

ent p

ower

Ph C

App

aren

t pow

erPh

B

Ia Ib

Ic M

D A

Real

pow

erPh

A

Real

pow

erPh

B

Real

pow

erPh

C

Real

pow

erTo

tal

Reac

tive

pow

erPh

A

Reac

tive

pow

erPh

B

Reac

tive

pow

erPh

C

Reac

tive

pow

erTo

tal

App

aren

t pow

erPh

A

No

effe

ct

No

effe

ctRo

tate

left

Rota

te ri

ght

Go

to n

ext

men

u le

vel s

ettin

gs

Page 24: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 10 of 28

Figu

re 7

Laye

r 1 m

enu

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

No

effe

ctRo

tate

left

Rota

te ri

ght

Go

to n

ext

men

u le

vel

setti

ngs

Syste

m D

ata

Syste

mco

nfig

urat

ion

Syste

m m

odes

Syste

mco

mm

ands

Dem

and

valu

esTa

riff m

eter

Setp

oint

grou

p 2

Setp

oint

grou

p 1

Opt

o in

puts

Rela

y ou

tput

sA

nalo

g ou

tput

sD

eman

dca

lcul

atio

n

View

reco

rds

Dis

turb

ance

reco

rder

Com

mun

icat

ions

setti

ngs

Tarif

f set

tings

Setp

oint

grou

p 4

Setp

oint

grou

p 3

Page 25: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 11 of 28

Figu

re 8

Laye

r 2 m

enu:

Sys

tem

dat

a

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

re n

eede

d

Lang

uage

Pass

wor

dD

escr

iptio

nPl

ant r

efer

ence

Act

ive

acce

ssle

vel

Rela

y ou

tput

statu

sO

pto

inpu

t sta

tus

Softw

are

ref 2

Mod

el n

umbe

r

Seria

l num

ber

Softw

are

ref 1

Leve

l 2 p

assw

ord

Leve

l 1 p

assw

ord

Pass

wor

d co

ntro

l

Page 26: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 12 of 28

Figu

re 9

Laye

r 2 m

enu:

Sys

tem

con

figur

atio

n

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

re n

eede

d

Fitte

d ha

rdw

are

Com

ms

prot

ocol

Dis

play

mod

e

Clo

ck s

ynch

Real

tim

e cl

ock

LCD

bac

klig

htM

ax c

lock

sync

h in

terv

al

Page 27: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 13 of 28

Figu

re 1

0La

yer 2

men

u: S

yste

m m

odes

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Con

nect

ion

mod

ePo

wer

flow

mod

eC

T pr

imar

y

VT s

econ

dary

CT

seco

ndar

yVT

prim

ary

Page 28: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 14 of 28

Figu

re 1

1La

yer 2

men

u: S

yste

m c

omm

ands

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Cle

ar to

rese

t:En

ergy

met

erC

lear

to re

set:

Dem

and

Cle

ar to

rese

t:En

ergy

and

dem

and

Ente

r to

capt

ure

B ph

fast

wav

efor

m

Ente

r to

capt

ure

A p

h fa

st w

avef

orm

Cle

ar to

rese

t:Pu

lse c

ount

s

Cle

ar to

resto

re

Pass

wor

d pr

otec

tion

Ente

r to

capt

ure

C p

h fa

st w

avef

orm

Page 29: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 15 of 28

Figu

re 1

2La

yer 2

men

u: D

eman

d va

lues

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

rene

cess

ary

Dem

ands

for

prev

ious

per

iod

Max

imum

dem

ands

sinc

e la

st re

set

Max

imum

dem

ands

pres

ent d

ay

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

5

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

4

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

1

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

3

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

2

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

7

Max

imum

dem

ands

day

6

Page 30: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 16 of 28

Figu

re 1

3La

yer 2

men

u: T

ariff

met

er

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

rene

cess

ary

Setti

ngs

statu

sA

ctiv

e ra

te re

giste

rRa

te re

giste

r 1

Rate

regi

ster 6

Rate

regi

ster 5

Rate

regi

ster 2

Rate

regi

ster 4

Rate

regi

ster 3

Rate

regi

ster 8

Rate

regi

ster 7

Page 31: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 17 of 28

Figu

re 1

4La

yer 2

men

u: V

iew

reco

rds

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

rene

cess

ary

Num

ber o

fre

cord

s

Cle

ar to

clea

r eve

nt re

cord

s0:

<er

ror>

5: <

erro

r>4:

<er

ror>

1: <

erro

r>

3: <

erro

r>

2: <

erro

r>

nth:

<er

ror>

6: <

erro

r>

Page 32: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 18 of 28

Figu

re 1

5La

yer 2

men

u: D

istu

rban

ce re

cord

er

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

Mor

e de

tail

whe

rene

cess

ary

Reco

rder

sta

tus

<Sta

tus>

Sam

ples

per

cyc

leRe

cord

con

fig

Ente

r to

trigg

er

distu

rban

ce re

cord

er

Reco

rds

store

d

Post

trigg

er c

ycle

Opt

o in

put t

rigge

rs

Set p

oint

trig

gers

Cle

ar to

clea

r wav

e ca

p &

Dis

t rec

Page 33: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 19 of 28

Figu

re 1

6La

yer 2

men

u: C

omm

unic

atio

n se

tting

s

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Mod

em c

ontro

l lin

es:

<Sta

tus>

Mod

Bus

addr

ess

Mod

Bus

baud

rate

:

<Bau

d ra

te>

IEC

870

bau

d ra

teC

ourie

r add

ress

Mod

Bus

fram

ing:

<>

IEC

870

fram

ing

Page 34: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 20 of 28

Figu

re 1

7La

yer 2

men

u: D

eman

d ca

lcul

atio

n

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Func

tion:

<win

dow

type

>

Dem

and

perio

d

Page 35: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 21 of 28

Figu

re 1

8La

yer 2

men

u: A

nalo

gout

puts

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Ana

log

outp

ut 1

:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Ana

log

outp

ut 2

:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Ana

log

outp

ut 4

:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Ana

log

outp

ut 3

:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Page 36: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 22 of 28

Figu

re 1

9La

yer 2

men

u: R

elay

out

puts

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Rela

y 1

assi

gnm

ent:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Rela

y 2

assi

gnm

ent:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Rela

y 4

assi

gnm

ent:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Rela

y 3

assi

gnm

ent:

<ass

ignm

ent>

Page 37: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 23 of 28

Figu

re 2

0La

yer 2

men

u: O

pto

inpu

ts

CRetu

rn to

pre

viou

s m

enu

Ente

r set

ting

chan

ge m

enu

Rota

te le

ft

Rota

te ri

ght

No

effe

ct

Opt

o in

put 1

:<a

ssig

nmen

t>

Opt

o in

put 2

:<a

ssig

nmen

t>

Page 38: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 24 of 28

Setpoint group 1 is used in the example but all other groups are available in thesame format.

Figure 21 Layer 2 menu: setpoint groups 1 to 4

C

Return to previous menu

Enter setting change menuRotate left

Rotate right

More detailwherenecessary

Setpoint group 1delay: <delay>

Setpoint G1, E1:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E2:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E6:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E5:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E3:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E4:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E8:

<assignment>

Setpoint G1, E7:

<assignment>

Page 39: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 25 of 28

Figure 22 Layer 2 menu: Tariff settings

The front panel will return to a default display if the front panel interface is inactivefor more than 15 minutes. If this happens any setting changes which have not beenconfirmed will be lost and the original setting values maintained. The defaultdisplay is the layer 0 menu position last displayed by the unit.

2.2 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records

The presence of one or more alarm messages will be indicated by the ALARM LEDbeing illuminated on the M301. (The M302 has no display so access to alarms isvia the serial communications only.) The alarm messages can be viewed byrepeated pressing of the READ key and will appear in sequential order. When allalarms have been viewed, but not cleared, the ALARM LED will continue to beilluminated.

Pressing the CLEAR key will clear all alarm messages.

2.3 Communication ports user interface

The Measurement Centre has two communication ports located on the rear of theunit:

A 9 pin D-type connector which can be configured to be an RS232 ModBus portor an IEC 870 Courier port.

C

Return to previous menu

Enter setting change menuRotate left

Rotate right

More detailwherenecessary

Rate switchingevents 1 - 12

Rate switching

events 13 - 24

Rate switching

events 25 - 36

Fixed day

exclusions

Switching events

in season

Rate switching

events 37 - 48

Season switching

events

Rate register data

source

Fixed date

exlusions

Page 40: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 26 of 28

A set of screw terminals for connection via twisted pair wiring and RS485communication to a master terminal at a more distant location (up to 1000m).This is designed for use with a permanently wired communication system covering,for example, a whole substation, and can connect a number of units to a singlemaster station for monitoring and control purposes. This port can be configured asa either a K-BUS COURIER port or RS 485 ModBus port.

2.4 Courier communication interface

Courier is the communication language developed by ALSTOM T&D Protection &Control to allow remote interrogation of its range of protection relays and is fullysupported by the MiCOM range. Courier works on a master/slave basis where theslave units contain information in the form of a database, and respond withinformation from the database when it is requested by a master unit.The Measurement Centre is a slave unit which is designed to be used with aCourier master unit such as MiCOM S1, PAS&T, ACCESS or a SCADA system.

The operations and functions supported by Courier communications are as follows:

display and modification of all settings

extraction of digital status

extraction of measurements

extraction of fault records

extraction of event and alarm records

manual extraction of disturbance records

reset of alarm conditions

clearing of event records

time synchronisation

automatic extraction of event and disturbance records

2.5 ModBus communication interface

ModBus is another master/slave communication protocol which can be used fornetwork control. In a similar fashion to Courier, the system works by the masterdevice initiating all actions and the slave devices (the Measurement Centres)responding to the master by supplying the requested data or by taking therequested action. ModBus communication can be held over the RS232 or RS485links provided (but not at the same time). Using the RS485 port up to 32 slavedevices can be connected together over a distance of up to 1000m.

Page 41: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 27 of 28

The operations and functions supported by ModBus communications are asfollows:

display and modification of all settings

extraction of digital status

extraction of measurements

extraction of fault records

extraction of event and alarm records

manual extraction of disturbance records

reset of alarm conditions

clearing of event records

time synchronisation

automatic extraction of event and disturbance records

Page 42: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 1Page 28 of 28

Section 3. MODEL IDENTIFICATION

03M

Numeric instrumentation

Application

Variant:

Vx Aux rating:

Hardware

Product

Protocol options:

In/Vn Rating:

Measurement centre with display 01Measurement centre without display 02

24...70V dc L70...250V ac or dc H

1A, up to 440V 15A, up to 440V 5

No dc input 0

DC input 0...200mV 1

DC input 0...5V 2

DC input 0...250V 3

DC input 0...20mA 4

Base model - No output relays, No analogue outputs,

No status inputs and no dc input 0

Option 1 - Base model plus output relays and status inputs 1

Option 2 - Base model plus analogue outputs and dc input 2

Option 3 - Base model plus output relays, status inputs,

analogue outputs and dc inputs 3

RS232 ModBus & KBUS Courier 2

RS485 ModBus & IEC Courier 4

Panel PDIN rail D

Mounting:

Spare:

Language:

Design suffix:

Multilingual 0

For example, a Measurement Centre with display, and fully equipped with output relays, status inputs, 4 analogue outputs, a 4...20mA DC input, the RS485 set toMODBUS protocol and the RS232 set to Courier, with a 5A input and a 220V Auxilliary requirement would have the model number M301H5344P0000A

1234

Panel mounted energy meterSystem measurement centreSystem analysis and measurement centreDisturbance recorder

00 0 0 A

Page 43: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Chapter 2Installation

Page 44: R8605B M300 V2
Page 45: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 2Contents

1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 11.1 Receipt of M300 11.2 Electrostatic discharge 1

2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 1

3. UNIT MOUNTING AND CONNECTION 2

4. UNPACKING 4

5. STORAGE 4

FIGURE 1 M301 CASE OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS 2

FIGURE 2 M302 CASE OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS 2

FIGURE 3 EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3

Page 46: R8605B M300 V2
Page 47: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 2Page 1 of 4

Section 1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

1.1 Receipt of M300

The M300, although generally of robust construction, requires careful treatmentprior to installation on site. Upon receipt, units should be examined immediately toensure no damage has been sustained in transit. If damage has been sustainedduring transit a claim should be made to the transport contractor and ALSTOMT&D Protection & Control Ltd should be promptly notified.

Units that are supplied unmounted and not intended for immediate installationshould be returned to their protective polythene bags.

1.2 Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

M300 has components that are sensitive to electrostatic discharges but theelectronic circuits are well protected by the case.

There are no setting adjustments within the unit and the M300 is not designed tobe dismantled, considerable effort being required to do so.

Touching the printed circuit boards should be avoided, since complementary metaloxide semiconductors (CMOS) are used, which can be damaged by staticelectricity discharged from the body.

Section 2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

A person's normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials ofseveral thousand volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor componentswhen handling electronic circuits can cause serious damage, which often may notbe immediately apparent but the reliability of the circuit will have been reduced.

The electronic circuits are completely safe from electrostatic discharge whenhoused in the case. Do not expose them to risk of damage by withdrawingmodules unnecessarily.

Each unit incorporates the highest practicable protection for its semiconductorcomponents. However, if it becomes necessary to dismantle a unit, the followingprecautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability and long life for whichthe unit has been designed and manufactured.

1. Before dismantling a unit, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potentialas the unit by touching the unit case earth.

2. Handle printed circuit boards by their edges. Avoid touching the electroniccomponents, printed circuit track or connectors.

3. Do not pass the printed circuit boards to another person without first ensuringyou are both at the same electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achievesequipotential.

4. Place the printed circuit boards on an antistatic surface, or on a conductingsurface which is at the same potential as yourself.

5. Store or transport the printed circuit boards in a conductive bag.

Page 48: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 2Page 2 of 4

If you are making measurements on the internal electronic circuitry of a unit inservice, it is preferable that you are earthed to the unit's case earth with aconductive wrist strap. Wrist straps should have a resistance to ground between500kΩ - 10MΩ. If a wrist strap is not available you should maintain regularcontact with the case earth to prevent a build-up of static. Instrumentation whichmay be used for making measurements should be earthed to the case earthwhenever possible.

More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can befound in BS5783 and IEC 147-OF. It is strongly recommended that detailedinvestigations on electronic circuitry or modification work should be carried out ina special handling area such as described in the above-mentioned BS and IECdocuments.

Section 3. UNIT MOUNTING AND CONNECTION

Units are dispatched individually for panel (M301) or DIN rail (M302) mounting.

Mounting details are shown in Figures 1 and 2.

Figure 1 M301 case outline and dimensions

239.5

COM1 COM2MiCOM M300

145.0

B A SCN

RESET

CURRENT

MA LA MB LB MC LC

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

142.5

Figure 2 M302 case outline and dimensions

OUT OF SERVICE

SETPOINT

TRIP

ALARM

CLEAR

MiCOM M300

READ

ENTER

142.5

119.5136.4

186 + 1.1

138 + 1.0

193.5

Panel cut-out details

Page 49: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 2Page 3 of 4

The electrical connections should be made in accordance with the externalconnection diagram shown in Figure 3.

Figu

re 3

Exte

rnal

wiri

ng d

iagr

am

22 23 24 21 M La M Lb M

P1 P2

Load

S2S1

S1

S1

S2

S2

LcCO

M1

COM

2

SCNA1716

A01RL

1

RL2

RL3

RL4

A02

A03

A04

1514

5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 B

Case

ear

thco

nnec

tion

Analo

gue

outp

uts

Opt

ions

0 1 2 3

No

relay

outp

uts, n

o an

alogu

e ch

arge

outp

uts,

no D

C an

alogu

e inp

uts a

nd u

pto

inputs

Relay

outp

uts a

nd o

pto

unpu

tsAn

alogu

e ou

tputs

and

DC

analo

gue

inputs

Relay

outp

uts, o

pto

inputs

, ana

logue

outp

utsan

d DC

ana

logue

inpu

ts

Relay

outp

uts

Auxil

iary

supp

ly Vx DCan

alogu

einp

ut

Opt

oinp

uts

1820193412

S1 S2

AB

CN

+ +– –

8 C

TS

7 R

TS

6 D

SR

5 S

igna

l Gro

und

4 D

TR

3 Tx

2 R

x

1 D

CD

Page 50: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 2Page 4 of 4

Section 4. UNPACKING

Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the units so that none of theparts is damaged. Units must only be handled by skilled persons. The installationshould be clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and excessive vibration.The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection. Prior to installation, units shouldnot be left in situations where they are exposed to dust or damp. This particularlyapplies to instalations which are being carried out at the same time as constructionwork.

Section 5. STORAGE

If units are not to be installed immediately upon receipt they should be stored in aplace free from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifierbags have been included in the packing they should be retained. The action of thede-humidifier crystals will be impaired if the bag has been exposed to ambientconditions and may be restored by gently heating the bag for about an hour, priorto replacing it in the carton.

Dust which collects on a carton may, on subsequent unpacking, find its way intothe unit; in damp conditions the carton and packing may become impregnatedwith moisture and the de-humidifier will lose its efficiency.

Storage temperature –25ºC to +70ºC.

Page 51: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Chapter 3Commissioning

Page 52: R8605B M300 V2
Page 53: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Contents

1. INTRODUCTION 1

2. PRODUCT MENU FAMILIARISATION 2

3. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TESTING 33.1 Minimum equipment required 33.2 Additional equipment 3

4. PRODUCT VERIFICATION TESTS 34.1 With the unit de-energised 34.1.1 PVI: Visual inspection 34.1.2 PVS: Insulation 44.1.3 PV3: External wiring 44.2 With the unit energised 44.2.1 PV4: Light emitting diodes (M301 only) 54.2.2 PV4: Set the real-time clock 54.2.3 PV4: Reset alarms 54.2.4 PV4: Test the "Set point" and "Trip" LEDs (M301 only) 54.2.5 PV5: Liquid crystal display (M301 only) 54.2.6 PV6: Establish local communications 64.2.7 PV7: Set the real-time clock (M302 only) 64.2.8 PV8: Relay outputs (when fitted) 64.2.9 PV8: Testing alarm outputs 74.2.10 PV9: Opto inputs (when fitted) 74.2.11 PV10: Settings 84.2.12 PV10: Apply settings 84.2.13 PV10: Verify settings 84.2.14 PV11: Voltage and current inputs 84.2.15 PV11: Voltage inputs 94.2.16 PV11: Current inputs 94.2.17 PV12: Analogue outputs (when fitted) 104.2.18 PV13: Communication ports for remote communications 104.2.19 PV14: DC input (when fitted) 11

5. WIRING VERIFICATION TEST 115.1 Voltage connections 115.2 Current connections 12

6. FINAL CHECKS 12

7 MAINTENANCE 127.1 Remote testing 127.1.1 Alarms 137.1.2 Measurement accuracy 137.2 Local testing 137.2.1 Alarms 137.2.2 Measurement accuracy 137.2.3 Check output contacts 137.2.4 Analogue outputs 137.2.5 Additional tests 13

Page 54: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Contents

8. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD 15

9. SETTING RECORD 19

Page 55: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 1 of 38

Section 1. INTRODUCTION

The M300 products are fully numerical in their design, implementing all functionsin software. They employ a high degree of self checking so that, for the majority offailures that could occur within the product, all functions will cease to operate andan error will be flagged. As a result of this, the commissioning tests do not need tobe as thorough as with products using electromechanical and discrete electroniccomponents. To commission the M300, it is only necessary to verify that thehardware is functioning correctly and the application-specific software settingshave been applied to the unit.

It is also considered unnecessary to test every function of the unit if the settingshave been verified by one of the following methods:

• Extracting the settings applied to the M300 unit using appropriate settingsoftware (preferred method)

• Via the operator interface (M301 Measurement Centre only).

The number of tests to be performed will depend on the hardware option that hasbeen installed in the unit. The hardware option installed can be found from the“Fitted Hardware” window under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading ordirectly from the seventh character in the unit’s model number. Table 1 details thetests that need to be performed for each hardware option.

Unless previously agreed to the contrary, the customer will be responsible for thecorrect selection of settings and any interwiring between units.

Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of thischapter for completion as required.

BEFORE COMMISSIONING THE M300, REFER TO THE SAFETY ANDINSTALLATION SECTIONS OF THE MANUAL.

Page 56: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 2 of 38

Test Hardware option (seventh character of model number)

0 1 2 3

No options Relay outputs Analogue Relay outputsOutputs

Status inputs DC input Status inputs

AnalogueOutputs

DC input

PV1 • • • •

PV2 • • • •

PV3 • • • •

PV4 • • • •

PV5 • • • •

PV6 • • • •

PV7 • • • •

PV8 • •

PV9 • •

PV10 • • • •

PV11 • • • •

PV12 • •

PV13 • • • •

PV14 • •

Table 1 Tests to be performed

Section 2. PRODUCT MENU FAMILIARISATION

When commissioning an M301 for the first time, an hour should be allowed tobecome familiar with the menu. Chapter 1 contains a description of the menustructure.

Similarly, if a portable PC with appropriate software is being used to set the unit,time should be allowed to become familiar with the associated setting software.This software is essential for setting the M302 because it does not have an integraluser interface. For details of the operation of this software, please refer to theassociated software user manual.

Page 57: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 3 of 38

Section 3. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TESTING

3.1 Minimum equipment required

Overcurrent test set.

AC voltage source (if not included in the overcurrent test set)

True rms measuring multimeter of known calibration accuracy with suitable ac anddc voltage and current ranges

Audible continuity tester (if not included in multimeter)

Electronic timer (if not included in the overcurrent test set)

Phase angle meter

Phase rotation meter

A portable PC, with appropriate software (Essential for the M302 and testing thecommunications port on M301. Also recommended for setting M301.)

Suitable DC source dependent on DC analogue input options.

3.2 Additional equipment

A printer (for printing a setting record from the portable PC).

Section 4. PRODUCT VERIFICATION TESTS

WARNING: BEFORE COMMISSIONING THE M300, THE SAFETY ANDINSTALLATION SECTIONS OF THE MANUAL SHOULD BE REFERRED TO.

The product verification tests cover all aspects of the product that need to bechecked to ensure that the unit has not been damaged prior to commissioning, isfunctioning correctly and all measurements are within the stated tolerances.

The voltage transformer supply to the unit should be isolated by means of the panellinks or connecting blocks and the line current transformers should be short-circuited and disconnected from the unit terminals .

DANGER: NEVER OPEN CIRCUIT THE SECONDARY CIRCUIT OF ACURRENT TRANSFORMER SINCE THE HIGH VOLTAGE PRODUCED MAYBE LETHAL AND COULD DAMAGE INSULATION.

4.1 With the unit de-energised

The following group of tests should be carried out without the auxiliary supply ormeasured voltages or currents being applied to the unit.

4.1.1 PVI: Visual inspection

Carefully examine the unit to see that no damage has occurred prior tocommissioning.

Check the rating information on the rating label of the unit to ensure it is correct forthe particular installation. Regardless of whether a M301 or M302 is beingcommissioned, this label is located in the centre of the unit between the terminals.

Ensure that the case earthing connection, located in the bottom corner near theright-hand terminal block, is used to connect the unit to a local earth bar.

Page 58: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 4 of 38

4.1.2 PV2: Insulation

Insulation testing is not essential but may be required by the customer.

If insulation tests are required, isolate all wiring from the earth and test theinsulation with an electronic or brushless insulation tester at a dc voltage notexceeding 1000V. Terminals of M300 circuits of the same type should betemporarily wired together.

The main groups of terminals on the unit are:

a) Voltage transformer circuits

b) Current transformer circuits

c) Auxiliary voltage supply

d) Status inputs

e) DC Opto-isolated inputs

f) Relay outputs

g) RS232 Communication port (COM1)

h) RS485 Communication port (COM2)

i) Analogue outputs

j) Earth tab

On completion of the insulation tests, ensure all external wiring is correctlyreconnected to the unit.

4.1.3 PV3: External wiring

Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant connection or schemediagram. The connection diagram for the M300 can be found in Volume 2,Chapter 2 of this manual.

4.2 With the unit energised

The following group of tests verify that the unit’s hardware and software areapplied and functioning correctly. They should be carried out with the auxiliarysupply applied to the unit but not the measured voltages or currents.

There are two auxiliary voltage ranges available for the M300. The operatingranges are specified in Table 2. Without energising the unit, measure the auxiliarysupply to ensure it is within the operating range.

Auxiliary rating Operating range

24/70V 19 to 84V dc only

70/250V 56 to 275V dc or ac

Table 2 Operational range of auxiliary supply

It should be noted that the unit can withstand ac ripple of up to 12% of ratedvoltage on the dc auxiliary supply.

The M300 units are protected against overloads created when batteries areremoved and the charger is left in place. However, this mode of operation is notrecommended as other units, such as protective relays, powered from the samesupply may not have this overload protection.

Energise the unit if the auxiliary supply is within the operating range.

Page 59: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 5 of 38

4.2.1 PV4: Light emitting diodes (M301 only)

On power up, the top and bottom light emitting diodes (LEDs), “Out of Service”and “Alarm” respectively, should have illuminated and stayed on. The “Out ofService” LED is illuminated because the frequency tracking signal is not presentand the “Alarm” LED because the real time clock needs to be set. The “Out ofService” LED will extinguish when rated AC quantities are applied to the voltageand current inputs. The “Alarm” LED will extinguish when the real time clock is set.

The status of the other (“Set Point” and “Trip”) LEDs is stored in non-volatile memorywhich remembers whether they were on or off when the auxiliary supply was lastremoved from the unit. Therefore these indicators may also illuminate when the unitis powered up. Operator intervention is required to extinguish these LEDs.

4.2.2 PV4: Set the real-time clock

The real-time clock cell is located in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION menu.

When the real time clock is displayed, the time and date are set by pressing the'Enter' key to enter the setting mode. The up and down arrow keys can then beused to change the values, the left and right arrow keys allow changes to be madeto the other values of the real time clock. Once the desired values are insertedpress the Enter key to confirm settings.

4.2.3 PV4: Reset alarms

All LEDs that are illuminated should be reset before proceeding with further testing.

The “Alarm” LED should have reset when the real time clock was set.

If the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs are illuminated and then successfully reset (theLED’s will extinguish), there is no testing required because the LEDs are known tobe operational.

4.2.4 PV4: Test the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs (M301 only)

If operation has not already been established, the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs canbe tested by exceeding the threshold of a set point as in the following:

Set one setpoint in a set point group to be Ιa, set the set point time delay to be 1second, set the high level to 50% and low level to 0%.

Apply rated voltage and current to bring the unit into service.

To test “Set Point” LED operation apply 50% of rated current to Ιa, then raise to alevel above 50%, which should illuminate the set point LED. (When the current isabove 50% the set point alarm cannot be reset nor the LED extinguished).Reduce Ιa to 40% of rated current, this will enable the set point alarm to be resetand the LED will extinguish.

To test the operation of the “Trip” LED carry out the above test with one of theoutput relays configured to the corresponding set point group. The “Trip” LEDshould illuminate and extinguish as for the “Set Point” LED detailed above.This test should be repeated for all output relays.

4.2.5 PV5: Liquid crystal display (M301 only)

There are no test routines for the liquid crystal display (LCD). The display itself canbe checked by moving around the unit’s menu looking for pixels (the dots on thedisplay used to form the text) that are obviously not working.

There is a backlight in the display that allows settings to be read in all conditionsof ambient lighting. It is switched on and off via the “LCD Backlight” setting under

Page 60: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 6 of 38

the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” menu heading. Check that it works if notalready being used during testing.

4.2.6 PV6: Establish local communications

Using a PC running the appropriate software establish local communications withthe unit. To be able to establish communications with the unit it is necessary to setthe communications settings in the PC’s software to the unit’s factory-set defaultsettings, unless the customer has already changed them. If the latter is the casethen the customers settings should be entered into the software.

The default communication settings are:

Comms protocol: RS485 Modbus & IEC870 Courier

Modbus address: 247

Modbus baud rate: 9600

Modbus framing: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity

Courier address: 255

IEC870 baud rate: 9600

IEC870 frame: FT1.2, 11 bits

First, establish communications between the software and the M301 or M302 unit.Should there be any problems in establishing communications with the M302 theRESET button can be pressed and the unit will return to the default communicationsettings. It is not essential to establish local communications with the M301because any settings can be made using the front panel and values read using theLCD display.

4.2.7 PV7: Set the real-time clock (M302 only)

If an M302 is being commissioned, the real-time clock will need to be set via thecommunications port before setting can proceed.

4.2.8 PV8: Relay outputs (when fitted)

The relay outputs can be used either as alarm outputs which can be reset after thealarm condition has gone or as pulsed outputs for external energy counterapplications (eg. kWh). The application to which each relay output has beenconfigured should be determined so that the appropriate test procedure can beadopted.

Table 3 gives the expected state for each relay output. The exception to this iswhen the relay outputs are configured as watchdog contacts, which have anormally closed configuration.

Page 61: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 7 of 38

Relay Terminals Contact ConfigurationOutput Normally Open Normally Closed

Alarm Alarm Alarm AlarmTrip Trip Trip Reset

1 5 and 6 Closed Open Open Closed

2 7 and 9

3 9 and 10

4 11 and 12

Table 3 Contact status

4.2.9 PV8: Testing alarm outputs

To test the relay outputs it is only necessary to test their operation rather than testeach individual function that they can be configured to perform.

Any relay outputs that have been set as an alarm contact can be tested using acontinuity tester.

All four relay outputs can be tested at once by configuring the same setpoint to acton all four relays then follow the procedure detailed in Section 4.2.4. The settingsdetailed in Section 4.2.4 will have to be applied to the M302 using thecommunications port and a PC running the appropriate software.

After the time delay of the set point group, all four relay outputs will change state.The test should be carried out with the relay outputs being configured as normallyopen and normally closed contacts.

The “Set Point” and “Trip” LED’s will also have illuminated to show that themeasured quantity has moved to the operate side of the setpoint and a relay outputhas operated respectively (M301 only).

4.2.10 PV9: Opto inputs (when fitted)

To test the status inputs set both the opto inputs to be configured as pulse countersin the OPTO INPUT menu.

Apply rated voltage and current to bring the unit into service.

Energise each status input from the dc auxiliary supply. The terminal connectionsare shown in Table 4.

Status input 1 (S1) 2 (S2)

Terminal 19 (+ve) 20 (+ve)18 (–ve) 18 (–ve)

Table 4 Status input connections

To check the operation of the status inputs when configured as pulsed inputcounters, the counts for each pulsed input can be viewed from the measurementdisplay for the M301 model, and using the communications and a PC running theappropriate software for the M302. Apply then remove the dc voltage to theinput, the pulse counter should increase by one.

Page 62: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 8 of 38

4.2.11 PV10: Settings

These tests ensure that all the predetermined settings for the particular installation(customer’s settings) have been correctly applied to the unit.

4.2.12 PV10: Apply settings

Due to the versatility of the M300, it is necessary to apply the application-specificsettings at an early stage of commissioning so as to avoid unnecessary tests andsetting changes.

There are two methods of applying the settings:

• Downloading them to the unit using a portable PC running the appropriatesoftware through a communications port. If a setting file has been created bythe customer and provided on a diskette, this will save time.

• Enter them manually via the unit’s operator interface (M301 only).

If the customer has changed the passwords to prevent unauthorised changes tosome settings, either the revised level 2 password should be provided or thecustomer should restore the original password prior to commencement of testing.

Note: In the event that the password has been lost, a recovery password can beobtained from ALSTOM by quoting the model and serial numbers of theparticular unit. The recovery password is unique to that M300 unit and willnot work on any other unit.

4.2.13 PV10: Verify settings

The settings applied should be carefully checked against the customer’s desiredsettings to ensure they have been entered correctly. However, this is notconsidered essential if a customer prepared setting file has been downloaded tothe unit using a portable PC running the appropriate software.

There are two methods of verifying the settings:

• Compare a printed copy of the settings from the unit with the customer’s originalsetting sheet.

• Step through the settings using the unit’s operator interface and compare themwith the customer’s setting sheet (M301 only).

4.2.14 PV11: Voltage and current inputs

These tests verify that the accuracy of current and voltage measurement is withinthe acceptable tolerances for the M300.

Before testing, the voltage and current connections to the unit should bedetermined for the particular application so that the measured quantities can beapplied to the correct inputs. This can be determined from the external wiring tothe unit or the “Connection Mode” setting under the “SYSTEM MODES” headingand reference to Table 5.

Page 63: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 9 of 38

Mode System Current Voltage

Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Vab Vbc Vca

0 Single phase • •

1 3 phase, 4 wire balanced • •

2 3 phase, 3 wire balanced • • • •

3 3 phase, 3 wire unbalanced • • • • •

4 3 phase, 4 wire unbalanced • • • • •

5 3 phase, 4 wire unbalanced • • • • • •

6 2 phase, 3 wire • • • •

7 3 phase, 3 wire balanced • •

Terminals MA MB MC 22 23 24 22 23 24LA LB LC 21 21 21 23 24 22

Table 5 Used inputs for each connection mode

4.2.15 PV11: Voltage inputs

This test verifies the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.

Apply rated voltage to all the voltage transformer inputs, checking the magnitudeof each input using a multimeter and record the corresponding reading under the“MEASUREMENT” column heading. During testing the A phase voltage mustalways be energised with rated voltage to bring the unit into service. The unit’sreading can either be in primary or secondary volts depending on the setting of“Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.

If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured voltage values on theunit should equal the applied voltage.

Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured voltage valueson the unit should equal the applied voltage multiplied by the voltage transformerratio set using the “VT Primary” and “VT Secondary” settings under the“SYSTEM MODES” column heading.

The measured voltage can be read directly from the LCD display on the M301 andvia the communications interface and a PC running the appropriate software onthe M302.

The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.

4.2.16 PV11: Current inputs

This test verifies the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.

Apply rated current to each current transformer inputs, checking the magnitude ofeach input using a multimeter and record the corresponding reading under the“MEASUREMENT” column heading. During testing the A phase voltage mustalways be energised with rated voltage to bring the unit into service. The unit’sreading can either be in primary or secondary Amperes depending on the settingof “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.

If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured current values on theunit should equal the applied current.

Page 64: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 10 of 38

Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured current valueson the unit should equal the applied current multiplied by the current transformerratio set using the “CT Primary” and “CT Secondary” settings under the“SYSTEM MODES” column heading.

The current can be read directly from the LCD display on the M301 and via thecommunications interface and a PC running the appropriate software on theM302.

The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.

4.2.17 PV12: Analogue outputs (when fitted)

This test checks the operation and accuracy of the analogue outputs.

The assignments of each of the four analogue outputs should have beendetermined by the customer and installed as part of the settings of the unit.The customer should also have calculations which give the expected values of eachanalogue output for a given input condition, these should be referred to whentesting the analogue outputs. (In the absence of this information the expectedvalues of the analogue outputs should be calculated for a definite value of appliedvoltage and current, given the settings applied to the unit).

Apply the definite voltage and current values as detailed in the calculations andcheck the dc output current for each assigned analogue output with a multimeter,the terminal allocations are given in Table 6. Check these values against theexpected values.

The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.

Analogue output Reference Terminal

1 AO1 14

2 AO2 15

3 AO3 16

4 AO4 17

Common AOC 13

Table 6 Terminal allocations for analogue outputs

4.2.18 PV13: Communication ports for remote communications

This test should only be performed where the unit is to be accessed from a remotelocation. If the settings have been successfully downloaded to the unit using aportable PC running the appropriate software then it has already been proved thatlocal communications can be established.

It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system fromthe unit to the remote location, just the unit’s communications port and, whereapplicable, the protocol converter.

Connect a portable PC running the appropriate software to the incoming (remote)side of the protocol converter and ensure that the communications settings inapplication software is set the same as those on the M300.

Check that communications can be established with the unit and check thatmeasurements can be read by the communications. Check that the value seen onthe display agrees with the value given by the communications (M301 only).

Page 65: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 11 of 38

4.2.19 PV14: DC input (when fitted)

If the opto-isolated dc input is being used, the range setting should be checked toensure it is correct. This range is usually supplied factory-set to the customer’spreferred value and can be identified from the eighth character of the modelnumber and reference to Table 7. If necessary, the setting can be changed using ajumper link internal to the units. (If it is necessary to change the jumper link seekadvice from ALSTOM.)

8th Character DC Input Range

0 No dc input

1 0 to200mV

2 0 to 5V

3 0 to 250V

4 0 to 20mA

Table 7 DC input range setting

The dc input should be tested by applying a known dc voltage or current, asappropriate, and within the operational range selected, to the input terminals(terminal 4 to positive, 3 to negative).

The percentage of ‘full-scale deflection’ should read from the “dc input” windowunder the “MEASUREMENTS” heading for the M301 model, and using thecommunications and a PC running the appropriate software for the M302.

Check that the displayed value is within 0.5% of the expected value.

Section 5. WIRING VERIFICATION TEST

Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any externalwiring that has been removed to allow testing.

If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the unit inorder to perform any of the above tests, it should be ensured that all connectionsare replaced in accordance with the relevant external connection or schemediagram.

The following on-load measuring test ensures that the external (customer) wiring tothe current and voltage inputs is correct but can only be carried out if there are norestrictions preventing the energisation of the plant being monitored.

Note: The following tests alone are not conclusive that the phase connections tothe unit are correct. A phase angle measurement is required for conclusivetesting.

5.1 Voltage connections

Measure the voltage transformer secondary voltages to ensure they are correctlyrated and, if possible, check that the system phase rotation is correct using aphase rotation meter.

Compare the values of the secondary phase voltages with the unit’s measuredvalues, which can be found under the “MEASUREMENT” column heading.The unit’s reading can either be in primary or secondary volts depending on thesetting of “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.

Page 66: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 12 of 38

If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured voltage values on theunit should equal the applied voltage.

Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured voltage valueson the unit should equal the applied voltage multiplied by the voltage transformerratio set using the “VT Primary” and “VT Secondary” settings under the “SYSTEMMODES” column heading.

The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2%, ± digital multi-meter accuracy.

5.2 Current connections

Measure the current transformer secondary values and check that their polaritiesare correct by measuring the phase angle between the current and voltage.

If the unit is connected to a balanced system, ensure the current flowing in theneutral circuit of the current transformers is negligible.

Compare the values of the secondary phase currents with the unit’s measuredvalues, which can be found under the “MEASUREMENT” column heading.The unit’s reading can either be in primary or secondary amperes depending onthe setting of “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.

If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured current values on theunit should equal the applied current.

Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured current valueson the unit should equal the applied current multiplied by the current transformerratio set using the “CT Primary” and “CT Secondary” settings under the “SYSTEMMODES” column heading.

The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2%, ± digital multi-meter accuracy.

Section 6. FINAL CHECKS

The tests are now complete.

Ensure that all alarms and LEDs, as appropriate, have been reset before leavingthe unit.

If it is not necessary for the backlight to be left on, switching it off will marginallyreduce the burden on the auxiliary supply (M301 only).

Section 7. MAINTENANCE

The M300 units are fully numerical in their design, implementing all functions insoftware. They employ a high degree of self-checking so that, for the majority offailures that can occur within the unit, all functions will cease to operate and anerror will be flagged. Depending on the failure and the hardware options fitted tothe unit, the error will be seen as an alarm that can be accessed over thecommunication channel or by the operation of a watchdog contact.

7.1 Remote testing

The M300 units are self-supervising and so require negligible maintenance.Most problems will result in an alarm so that remedial action can be taken.

Page 67: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 13 of 38

However, some periodic tests could be done to ensure that the unit is functioningcorrectly. If the M300 can be communicated with from a remote point, via itscommunication port, then some testing can be carried out without actually visitingsite.

7.1.1 Alarms

The alarm status should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditions exist.The alarm records can then be read to identify the nature of any alarm that mayexist.

7.1.2 Measurement accuracy

The values measured by the unit can be compared with known system values tocheck that they are in the approximate range that is expected. If they are, then theanalogue/digital conversion and calculations are being performed correctly.

7.2 Local testing

When testing locally, similar tests to those for remote testing may be carried out tocheck for correct functioning of the unit.

7.2.1 Alarms

The alarm status LED should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditionsexist. The alarm records can then be read to identify the nature of any alarm thatmay exist.

7.2.2 Measurement accuracy

The values measured by the unit can be checked against known values injectedinto the unit via its terminal block. Suitable test methods will be found in Section 8of this chapter which deals with commissioning. These tests will prove thecalibration accuracy is being maintained.

7.2.3 Check output contacts

Check that the output contacts are giving the correct output state.

7.2.4 Analogue outputs

Check that each analogue output is giving out the expected value using amultimeter.

7.2.5 Additional tests

Additional tests can be selected from the Commissioning Instructions as required.

Page 68: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 14 of 38

Page 69: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 15 of 38

Section 8. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD

Date

Station Circuit

System Frequency

Rating label information

System Analysis and Measurement Centre M30_

Model number

Serial number

Rated current ΙnRated voltage Vn

Auxiliary voltage Vx

*Delete as appropriate

Product verification tests

With the device de-energised

PV1 Visual inspection

Is the device damaged? Yes/No*

Rating information correct? Yes/No*

Case earth installed? Yes/No*

PV2 Insulation tested? Yes/No/NA*

PV3 External wiring checked againstdiagram? Yes/No/NA*

With the Device Energised

Auxiliary voltage to device V ac/dc*

Polarity checked ? Yes/No/NA*

PV4 Light Emitting Diodes (M301 only) Fitted/Not fitted*

Real-time clock set via user interface? Yes/No/NA*

“Out of Service” LED working? Yes/No*

“Alarm” LED working? Yes/No*

“Set Point” LED working? Yes/No*

“Trip” LED working? Yes/No*

PV5 Liquid Crystal Display (M301 only) Fitted/Not fitted*

All pixels working? Yes/No*

Backlight switches on and off? Yes/No*

PV6 Communications Ports Used/Not used*

Port Tested RS232/RS485

Communications working? Yes/No*

Page 70: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 16 of 38

PV7 Real time clock set? (M302 only) Yes /No*

PV8 Relay outputs (Hardware options 1 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*

PV8 Relay output 1 working? Yes/No*

Relay output 2 working? Yes/No*

Relay output 3 working? Yes/No*

Relay output 4 working? Yes/No*

PV9 Status Inputs (Hardware options 1 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*

Input S1 working? Yes/No*

Input S2 working? Yes/No*

PV10 Settings

PV10 Customer’s settings applied? Yes/No*

If settings applied using a portablecomputer and software, which softwareand version was used?

PV10 Settings on device verified? Yes/No*

PV11 Voltage and current inputs

Connection mode

PV11 Voltage inputs

VT Primary

VT Secondary

Applied value Displayed value

Va Used/Not used* V V

Vb Used/Not used* V V

Vc Used/Not used* V V

PV11 Current inputs

CT Primary

CT Secondary

Applied value Displayed value

Ιa Used/Not used* A A

Ιb Used/Not used* A A

Ιc Used/Not used* A A

PV12 Analogue Outputs(Hardware options 2 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*

Analogue Output 1 (AO1)

AO1 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*

Voltage applied V/na*

Page 71: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 17 of 38

Current applied A/na*

Output from AO1 mA*

Expected output from AO1 mA*

Analogue output 2 (AO2)

AO2 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*

Voltage applied V/na*

Current applied A/na*

Output from AO2 mA*

Expected output from AO2 mA*

Analogue Output 3 (AO3)

AO3 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*

Voltage applied V/na*

Current applied A/na*

Output from AO3 mA*

Expected output from AO3 mA*

Analogue Output 4 (AO4)

AO4 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*

Voltage applied V/na*

Current applied A/na*

Output from AO4 mA*

Expected output from AO4 mA*

PV13 Remote Communications Ports Used/Not used

Port tested? RS232/RS485*

Communications working? Yes/No

PV14 DC Input (Hardware options (2&3) Fitted/Not fitted*

Range setting to mV/V/mA*

Value applied to terminals mV/V/mA*

Displayed value %

Wiring verification test

Disturbed wiring re-checked? Yes/No/na*

On load tests

On-load test performed? Yes/No*

Page 72: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 18 of 38

Phase rotation correct? Yes/No*

Voltage Connections

VT Primary (same as for Section 4.2.15)

VT Secondary (same as for Section 4.2.15)

Applied Value Displayed Value

Va Used/Not used* V V

Vb Used/Not used* V V

Vc Used/Not used* V V

Current Connections

CT Primary (same as for 4.2.16)

CT Secondary (same as for 4.2.16)

Ιa Used/Not used* V V

Ιb Used/Not used* V V

Ιc Used/Not used* V V

Commissioning Engineer Customer Witness

Date Date

Page 73: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 19 of 38

Section 9. SETTING RECORD

Date Engineer

Station Date

Circuit System Frequency

Rating label information

The following information should be recorded from the rating label of the device.

System Analysis and Measurement Centre M30_

Model number

Serial number

Rated current ΙnRated voltage Vn

Auxiliary Voltage Vx

Software installed

The software issues or references used in the device should be recorded in thefollowing table, these references are contained within the SYSTEM DATA menu.

Software Ref 1

Software Ref 2

Settings

The following sections list the settings that can be applied to the device in therelevant menus, these should be recorded where applicable.

Each section and sub section refers to a specific menu heading and sub menuheading where applicable.

System data

Language

Password

Description

Plant Reference

Frequency

Password Control

Level 1 Password

Level 2 Password

Page 74: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 20 of 38

System configuration

Comms Protocol

Display Mode

LCD Backlight

Real Time Clock

Clock Synch

Max Clock Synch Interval

System Modes

Connection Mode

Power Flow Mode

CT Primary

CT Secondary

VT Primary

VT Secondary

System Commands

“ENTER” to Capture A ph Fast Wform Data

“ENTER” to Capture B ph Fast Wform Data

“ENTER” to Capture C ph Fast Wform Data

Disturbance Recorder

Samples per cycle

Record Config

Post Trigger Cycle

Setpoint Triggers

Opto Input Triggers

Communications Settings

Modem Control Lines

Modbus Address

Modbus Baud Rate

Modbus Framing

Courier Address

IEC870 Baud Rate

IEC870 Framing

Demand Calculation

Function

Demand Period

Page 75: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 21 of 38

Analogue outputs

These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 2 & 3 installed.

ANALOGUE OUTPUT 1

Analogue Output 1 Parameter

Analogue Output 1 Full Scale

Analogue Output 1 Slope

Analogue Output 1 X-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 1 Y-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 1 Span

ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2

Analogue Output 2 Parameter

Analogue Output 2 Full Scale

Analogue Output 2 Slope

Analogue Output 2 X-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 2 Y-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 2 Span

ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3

Analogue Output 3 Parameter

Analogue Output 3 Full Scale

Analogue Output 3 Slope

Analogue Output 3 X-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 3 Y-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 3 Span

ANALOGUE OUTPUT 4

Analogue Output 4 Parameter

Analogue Output 4 Full Scale

Analogue Output 4 Slope

Analogue Output 4 X-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 4 Y-Breakpoint 1

Analogue Output 4 Span

Note1 Setting is only applicable when dual slope is selected.

Page 76: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 22 of 38

Relay outputs

These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 1 & 3 installed.

RELAY OUTPUT 1

Relay 1 Assignment

Relay 1 Label 1

Relay 1 Contacts 1

Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2

Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3

RELAY OUTPUT 2

Relay 2 Assignment

Relay 2 Label 1

Relay 2 Contacts 1

Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2

Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3

RELAY OUTPUT 3

Relay 3 Assignment

Relay 3 Label 1

Relay 3 Contacts 1

Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2

Import/export kvarh Full Scale 3

Import/export kvarh Pulse Rate 3

Import/export kvarh Pulse Duration 3

Page 77: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 23 of 38

RELAY OUTPUT 4

Relay 4 Assignment

Relay 4 Label 1

Relay 4 Contacts 1

Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2

Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2

Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3

Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3

Notes1 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Setpoint Group.2 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Pulsed Import

kWh or Pulsed Export kWh.3 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Pulsed import

kVArh or Pulsed export kvarh.

Opto inputs

These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 1 & 3 installed.

OPTO INPUT 1

Opto Input 1 Assignment

Opto Input 1 Label 1

OPTO INPUT 2

Opto Input 2 Assignment

Opto Input 2 Label 1

Notes1 Setting is only applicable when opto inputs are configured as Pulse

Counters.

Page 78: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 24 of 38

Setpoint Group 1

Setpoint Group 1 Delay

Setpoint G1,E1 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E1 High Level

Setpoint G1,E1 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E2 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E2 High Level

Setpoint G1,E2 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E3 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E3 High Level

Setpoint G1,E3 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E4 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E4 High Level

Setpoint G1,E4 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E5 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E5 High Level

Setpoint G1,E5 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E6 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E6 High Level

Setpoint G1,E6 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E7 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E7 High Level

Setpoint G1,E7 Low Level

Setpoint G1,E8 (Assignment)

Setpoint G1,E8 High Level

Setpoint G1,E8 Low Level

Setpoint Group 2

Setpoint Group 2 Delay

Setpoint G2,E1 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E1 High Level

Setpoint G2,E1 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E2 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E2 High Level

Setpoint G2,E2 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E3 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E3 High Level

Setpoint G2,E3 Low Level

Page 79: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 25 of 38

Setpoint G2,E4 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E4 High Level

Setpoint G2,E4 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E5 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E5 High Level

Setpoint G2,E5 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E6 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E6 High Level

Setpoint G2,E6 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E7 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E7 High Level

Setpoint G2,E7 Low Level

Setpoint G2,E8 (Assignment)

Setpoint G2,E8 High Level

Setpoint G2,E8 Low Level

Setpoint Group 3

Setpoint Group 3 Delay

Setpoint G3,E1 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E2 High Level

Setpoint G3,E3 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E1 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E2 High Level

Setpoint G3,E2 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E3 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E3 High Level

Setpoint G3,E3 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E4 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E4 High Level

Setpoint G3,E4 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E5 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E5 High Level

Setpoint G3,E5 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E6 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E6 High Level

Setpoint G3,E6 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E7 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E7 High Level

Page 80: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 26 of 38

Setpoint G3,E7 Low Level

Setpoint G3,E8 (Assignment)

Setpoint G3,E8 High Level

Setpoint G3,E8 Low Level

Setpoint Group 4

Setpoint Group 4 Delay

Setpoint G4,E1 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E1 High Level

Setpoint G4,E1 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E2 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E2 High Level

Setpoint G4,E2 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E3 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E3 High Level

Setpoint G4,E3 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E4 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E4 High Level

Setpoint G4,E4 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E5 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E5 High Level

Setpoint G4,E5 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E6 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E6 High Level

Setpoint G4,E6 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E7 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E7 High Level

Setpoint G4,E7 Low Level

Setpoint G4,E8 (Assignment)

Setpoint G4,E8 High Level

Setpoint G4,E8 Low Level

Tariff Settings

The following sections detail the menus and tabulate the settings within each menu.

Page 81: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 27 of 38

Rate Switching Events 1-12

Event 1 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 2 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 3 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 4 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 5 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 6 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 7 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 82: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 28 of 38

Event 8 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 9 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 10 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 11 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 12 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 83: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 29 of 38

Rate Switching Events 13-24

Event 13 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 14 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 15 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 16 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 17 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 18 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 19 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 84: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 30 of 38

Event 20 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 21 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 22 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 23 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 24 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 85: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 31 of 38

Rate Switching Events 25-36

Event 25 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 26 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 27 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 28 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 29 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 30 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 31 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 86: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 32 of 38

Event 32 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 33 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 34 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 35 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 36 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 87: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 33 of 38

Rate Switching Events 37-48

Event 37 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 38 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 39 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 40 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 41 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 42 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 43 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 88: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 34 of 38

Event 44 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 45 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 46 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 47 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Event 48 Activation Day

Activation Hour

Activation Minute

Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8

Page 89: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 35 of 38

Season Switching Events

Event 1 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 2 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 3 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 4 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 5 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 6 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 7 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 8 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 9 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 10 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 11 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Event 12 Month

Day of Month

New Season

Page 90: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 36 of 38

Switching Events in Season

Season 1

Season 2

Season 3

Season 4

Season 5

Season 6

Season 7

Season 8

Season 9

Season 10

Season 11

Season 12

Fixed Day Exclusions

EXCLUSION 1 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 2 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 3 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 4 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 5 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

Page 91: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 37 of 38

EXCLUSION 6 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 7 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 8 Week

Day

Season To Use

Day to Use

Fixed Date Exclusions

EXCLUSION 1 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 2 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 3 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 4 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 5 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 6 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

Page 92: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 3Page 38 of 38

EXCLUSION 7 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

EXCLUSION 8 Month

Day Of Month

Season To Use

Day to Use

Rate Register Data Source

Rate Register 1

Rate Register 2

Rate Register 3

Rate Register 4

Rate Register 5

Rate Register 6

Rate Register 7

Rate Register 8

Page 93: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Chapter 4Problem Analysis

Page 94: R8605B M300 V2
Page 95: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 4Contents

1. GENERAL FAULT FINDING 11.1 Auxiliary power 11.2 System measurand inputs 11.3 Communications 11.4 Analogue outputs (when fitted) 11.5 Output relays 21.6 Opto inputs 21.7 DC input 21.8 Password lost or not accepted 21.9 Sub assembly fault finding 21.10 Recommended spares 2

Page 96: R8605B M300 V2
Page 97: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 4Page 1 of 2

Section 1. GENERAL FAULT FINDING

1.1 Auxiliary power

The unit needs to have an adequate voltage applied to the auxiliary supplyterminals to operate. Check the rating label for the auxiliary supply voltage range(this can be one of two ranges 24 to 70V dc only or 70 to 230V dc or ac volts) forthe unit. Using an appropriate voltmeter measure the voltage applied to the unitand check that it is within the specified range.

1.2 System measurand inputs

The unit is synchronised to the voltage present on the A phase by a phase lockedloop circuit. Should this voltage not be present then the unit will be placed out ofservice and the “out of service” LED will be lit on the M301.

Using an appropriate voltmeter, measure the voltage present at the voltage inputterminals and check it is within the range specified for normal operation of the unit.

Using a phase rotation indicator check that the voltages have been applied to theunit in the correct phase sequence.

Taking great care that the current transformer secondary is shorted, insert anappropriately rated ammeter into the current input circuits. After removing the shortcircuit, check that the current flowing into the unit is within the specified range.The same degree of care should be exercised when the ammeter is removed -ensure the secondary of the current transformer is shorted whilst the ammeter isremoved.

If the measurements made are all within the normal operating values of the unitand the measured power does not correspond with the values measured then thepolarity of the current transformers may be reversed. Carefully check the wiring ofthe transformers to the unit. It would be helpful to short each of the currenttransformer inputs in turn and note the resulting real power measurement beforecontacting the factory or local representative for advice.

1.3 Communications

Check that other units on the communications bus are responding to the masterstation. If some units are responding then, by deduction, the break in the bus canbe determined. If there is no response from any of the units then reset thecommunication port driving the bus with requests.

Check that there are not two units with the same address on the bus.

For Courier protocol systems the address cannot be allocated automatically unlessthe address is first manually set to 0. Also check if the unit address has been set to255. This is the global address for which no replies are permitted.

Check that the communication settings match those of the other units on the bus.If the unit is an M302 and is not responding then the unit can be reset to thedefault communication settings by pressing the reset button located beneath thelabelled grommet.

1.4 Analogue outputs (when fitted)

Check that the model has this option fitted via the user interface.

The analogue output terminals can be safely disconnected. Having done so,connect a milliameter directly across the terminals and check that there is current

Page 98: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 4Page 2 of 2

flowing. If so, check the continuity of the current loop connected to the unit.This can be done by using either a continuity device or by feeding a current intothe circuit from a dc constant current source. If there is continuity, then reconnectthe current loop to the unit and measure the voltage at the terminals using anappropriate voltmeter. If the voltage exceeds 10V then the current loop has toomuch resistance around it.

1.5 Output relays (when fitted)

Check that the model has this option fitted via the user interface.

Check that the voltage across the relay contacts falls to zero when the relayoperates.

1.6 Opto inputs (when fitted)

Check that the unit has this option fitted via the user interface.

Check for presence of a voltage at the terminals of the status inputs with anappropriately rated voltmeter.

1.7 DC input (when fitted)

Check that the unit has this option fitted via the user interface.

Check for the presence of the correct signal at the terminals using an appropriatelyrated multimeter.

1.8 Password lost or not accepted

The Measurement Centre is supplied with the password set to AAAA.

Only upper case letters are acceptable.

The password can be changed by the user. See Chapter 1.

There is an additional unique recovery password associated with the unit whichcan be supplied by the factory, or service agent, if they are given details of theunit serial number. The serial number will be found in the system data column ofthe menu and should correspond to the number on the label located on the rear ofthe unit. If they differ, quote the one in the system data column.

1.9 Sub assembly fault finding

If the unit continues to operate incorrectly having completed the above tests then itwill have to be returned to the factory for fault finding and repair. It is not practicalto repair the unit on site. If any PCBs are replaced the unit will need to berecalibrated with equipment having a traceable accuracy of better than 0.05% ofreading. This level of equipment specification is not available for site working.

1.10 Recommended spares

A complete unit can be used to back up several Measurement Centres. In the veryunlikely event that one unit fails it can then be replaced with a complete new unitand the faulty unit returned to the factory for repair. This will then become the newspare unit once repaired.

Page 99: R8605B M300 V2

M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre

Service Manual

Chapter 5SCADA Information

Page 100: R8605B M300 V2
Page 101: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Contents

1. FRONT PANEL USER AND REMOTE ACCESS INTERFACES 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Menu presentation 21.2.1 Overview 21.2.1.1 Layer 0 - default position 21.2.1.2 Layer 1 - primary column headings 31.2.1.3 Layer 2 - secondary column headings 31.2.1.4 Layer 2 - data 31.2.1.5 Layer 3 - data 31.2.1.6 Multi-layer - scan alarms 31.3 Menu navigation 31.3.1 Scan alarms 31.3.2 General menu navigation for setting change 41.4 Procedure for changing settings 51.4.1 Start point 51.4.2 Password protection 51.4.3 Setting change 61.4.4 Group settings 61.4.5 Immediate settings 61.5 Menu contents 61.5.1 Alarm scan menu 71.5.1.1 'Out of service' messages 71.5.1.2 'Setpoint' messages 71.5.1.3 'Trip' messages 71.5.1.4 'Alarm' scan messages 81.5.1.5 Default display 91.5.1.6 Primary column headings 121.6 System data menu 131.6.1 Language 141.6.2 Password 141.6.3 Description 141.6.4 Plant reference 141.6.5 Model number 141.6.6 Serial number 141.6.7 Communication level 141.6.8 Courier address 141.6.9 Software Ref 1 141.6.10 Software Ref 2 141.6.11 Opto input status (where fitted) 141.6.12 Relay output status (where fitted) 151.6.13 Active access level 151.6.14 Password control 151.6.14.1 Level 1 password 151.6.14.2 Level 2 password 151.7 System configuration menu 151.7.1 Fitted hardware 16

Page 102: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Contents

1.7.2 Communications protocol 161.7.3 Display mode 161.7.4 LCD backlight (where applicable) 161.7.5 Real time clock 161.7.6 Clock synchronisation 161.7.7 Maximum clock synchronisation interval 161.8 System modes menu 171.8.1 Connection mode 171.8.2 Power flow mode 181.8.3 CT primary 181.8.4 CT secondary 181.8.5 VT primary 181.8.6 VT secondary 181.9 System commands menu 181.9.1 Demand values secondary column headings 191.9.2 Demands for previous period menu 201.9.3 Maximum demands since last reset menu 211.9.4 Maximum demands for present day menu 211.9.5 Maximum demands for day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 221.9.6 Tariff metering registers 231.9.7 Tariff settings status 231.9.8 Active rate registers 231.10 View records menu 241.10.1 Disturbance recorder 251.10.2 Recorder status 251.10.3 Data source 251.10.4 Samples per cycle 251.10.5 Record configuration 261.10.6 Post trigger cycle 261.10.7 Setpoint triggers 261.10.8 Opto input triggers (where fitted) 281.10.9 Records stored 291.10.10 Trigger disturbance recorder 291.10.11 Reset waveform capture and disturbance records 291.11 Communications settings menu 291.11.1 Modem control lines 291.11.2 Modbus address 291.11.3 Modbus baud rate 301.11.4 Modbus framing 301.11.5 Courier address 301.11.5.1 IEC870 baud rate 301.11.5.2 IEC870 framing 311.11.6 Demand calculation 311.11.7 Function 311.11.8 Demand subperiods (sliding window only) 311.11.9 Demand period (sliding window) 321.11.10 Demand period (fixed window or thermal characteristic) 32

Page 103: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Contents

1.12 Analog outputs menu (where fitted) 321.12.1 Analog output 1 measurand 331.12.2 Analog output 1 full scale 341.12.3 Analog output 1 slope 341.12.4 Analog output 1 X-breakpoint 341.12.5 Analog output 1 Y-breakpoint 341.12.6 Analog output 1 span 341.13 Setpoint group 1, 2, 3, and 4 menus 351.13.1 Setpoint group 1 delay 351.13.2 Setpoint group 1 element 1 351.13.3 Setpoint group 1 element 1 high level 351.13.4 Setpoint group 1 element 1 low level 351.14 Relay outputs menu 361.14.1 Relay 1 assignment 361.14.2 Relay X label 361.14.3 Relay contacts 371.14.4 Import kWh pulse duration 371.14.5 Import kWh pulse rate 371.14.6 Import kWh full scale 371.14.7 Export kWh, export kVArh, and import kVArh 371.15 Opto inputs menu (where fitted) 371.15.1 Opto input X 381.15.2 Opto input X label 381.15.3 Tariff settings secondary column headings 381.16 Rate switching events menus 391.16.1 Activation day 401.16.2 Activation hour 401.16.3 Activation minute 401.16.5 Rates 401.17 Season switching event menu 401.17.1 Month 411.17.2 Day of month 411.17.3 New season 411.18 Switching events in season menu 411.18.1 Switching events in season 411.18.2 Fixed day exclusions 411.18.3 Week cell 421.18.4 Day cell 421.18.5 Season to use cell 421.18.6 Day to use cell 421.19 Fixed date exclusions menu 421.19.1 Month cell 431.19.2 Day of month cell 431.19.3 Season to use cell 431.19.4 Day to use cell 431.19.5 Rate register source 431.19.6 Rate register data source cell 43

Page 104: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Contents

2 COURIER DATABASE MAP 44

3 MODBUS SCADA INFORMATION 813.1 Modbus protocol 813.2 Transactions 813.2.1 Request 813.2.2 Response 813.2.3 Request-response cycle example 813.2.3.1 Request frame 813.2.3.2 Response frame 823.3 Framing 823.3.1 RTU framing 823.4 Supported functions and usage 823.5 Register map 833.5.1 Code 833.5.2 Address 833.5.3 Contents 833.5.4 Data type 833.5.5 Indicator 833.5.6 Values 833.5.7 Conditional 833.5.8 Register type 833.5.9 Min., max., step 833.5.10 Passcode 833.6 Error responses 833.6.1 Request message 843.6.2 Exception response message 843.7 Exception codes 843.8 Event and disturbance record extraction procedures 843.8.1 Event record extraction 843.8.2 Disturbance record extraction 853.9 Modbus data types 873.10 Modbus database map 93

Page 105: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 1 of 160

Section 1. FRONT PANEL USER AND REMOTE ACCESSINTERFACES

1.1 Introduction

The M301 has two principle means of allowing the user to interact with it; the frontpanel interface and a remote communications access interface. This manualspecifies the data available to the user and the method by which the user caninteract with the database via the front panel interface. Also contained within thedocument are the associated text strings that appear at the Courier remotecommunications interface. The ModBus remote communications interface is morebasic and is described in the SCADA section. These systems implement a broadrange of standard facilities which allow the user to:

• View measurements

• View and change settings

• View (and reset where appropriate) alarm records

• View (and reset where appropriate) event records

• View (and reset where appropriate) alarm/error messages

Access to the unit’s database is provided by means of an intuitive menu system.Human interaction is provided by means of a twenty character by two line LCD,seven button keypad, and four LEDs.

The user interface provides textual information in one of four languages:

English

French

German

Spanish

Page 106: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 2 of 160

1.2 Menu presentation

1.2.1 Overview

The menu is organised in a tree-like structure, made up of columns and rows whichhave a hierarchical structure of layers. The menu structure is outlined below.

Layer 0 Default

Layer 1 Column Heading 1 Column Heading 2 Column Heading 3

Data 3.3Data 3.2Data 3.1Data 1.3Data 1.2Data 1.1

Column Heading 2.1

Data 2.1.1 Data 2.1.2 Data 2.1.3

Data 2.2.1

Column Heading 2.2

Data 2.2.2 Data 2.2.3

Scan AlarmsMulti-level

Layer 3

Layer 2

Figure 1. Menu Structure

The organisation of the layers is as follows:

Layer 0 Default position.

Layer 1 Primary column headings.

Layer 2 Data associated with primary column headings, orsecondary column headings.

Layer 3 Data associated with secondary column headings

Multi-Layer Scan alarms

1.2.1.1 Layer 0 - default position

The default position, at the head of the menu structure, allows the user to browsethrough all available measurements. The unit’s display reverts to the defaultposition in the structure if there is no keypad activity for a pre-set time.

Page 107: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 3 of 160

1.2.1.2 Layer 1 - primary column headings

The primary column headings logically break down the database into major areasof common functionality such as:

System data

Communications Configuration

Analog Outputs, etc.

1.2.1.3 Layer 2 - secondary column headings

Secondary column headings sub-divide some primary column headings into furtherlogical areas of commonality.

1.2.1.4 Layer 2 - data

Layer two data is associated with primary column heading. Data includes settingvariables, fixed values or measured values. Password protection is employed onthe data.

1.2.1.5 Layer 3 - data

Layer three data is associated with secondary column headings. Data includessetting variables, fixed values or measured values. Password protection isemployed.

1.2.1.6 Multi-layer - scan alarms

The scan alarms section is multi-layer; it is directly accessible from any other layer.Scan alarms allows the user to view (and reset where alarms have cleared)‘setpoint’, ‘relay trip’, ‘out of service’ and ‘alarm’ alarms.

1.3 Menu navigation

Basic menu navigation is described in Chapter 1 of both Volumes 1 and 2 of thismanual.

1.3.1 Scan alarms

The alarm scan mode is available whenever an alarm LED is illuminated. In thissituation the [READ] key can be used to scan through the alarm messages, whichcan then be reset if so desired.

The [READ] key can be used to enter scan mode. If no alarm messages are presentthen an intermediate screen will be displayed, otherwise the first alarm messagewill be displayed.

If one or more alarm messages are present then the [READ] key allows the user tostep through the available messages, each press of the key selecting the nextmessage. After the last alarm message has been displayed the user will beprompted by the message “ ‘CLEAR’ to clear alarms “. If the [READ] key is pressedwhilst this message is present, the display scrolls back to the first alarm message.When viewing the message the [CLEAR] key can be pressed to clear the alarmmessages. If the [CLEAR] key is pressed and none of the alarms are still active, thedisplay returns to the previous menu layer via a temporary intermediate displaynoting this fact. However, if there are alarms that are still active the “Alarms stillactive” message is temporarily displayed before returning to the first remainingalarm message. The [READ] key can then be pressed to scan through the standingalarms again.

Page 108: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 4 of 160

Pressing the “down” arrow key at any time returns the user to the display that theyleft prior to entering the scan alarms menu.

If an alarm clears itself whilst it is being viewed by the user the alarm message willbe removed and the next alarm message displayed. If this happens when there areno other alarm messages present, the display returns to that which it left on entry tothe Scan Alarms menu via a temporary intermediate display indicating that thereare no more alarms present.

Key Description of Function

[READ] Steps through present alarm messages and thereset alarms message in a cyclic manner.

[CLEAR] Resets/clears the alarm messages at the ‘CLEAR toClear Alarms’ prompt.

Down arrow Returns the user to the display that they were inbefore entering the scan alarms layer.

Other arrow keys No effect whilst in the scan alarms layer.

Summary of the key functionality whilst in the scan alarm mode.

1.3.2 General menu navigation for setting change

The user locates the data they wish to change as described in the introduction. Thedata can then be selected by means of the [ENTER] key. This causes the menu toenter setting mode. A flashing character, associated with the data, indicates thatdata may be changed.

If the data chosen is fixed and the [ENTER] key is pressed the message “Not asetting” will temporarily be displayed.

If a remote setting is in progress and the [ENTER] key is pressed the message“Remote setting in progress” will temporarily be displayed and the user returned tonormal browsing mode.

Access to data is subject to password protection, so the process of changing dataautomatically invokes prompting for the correct level of password, unless thepassword protection has already been removed. Password protection, onceremoved, remains active until the menu returns to the default display, due to eitherthe user returning the menu to the default display, or time-out of the keypadinactivity timer.

Page 109: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 5 of 160

Key Description of Function

Up arrow Increases the value of variable data in stepsizeincrements up to the maximum value or stepup through available options in a cyclicmanner.

Down arrow Decrease the value of variable data in stepsizeincrements down to the minimum value orstep down through available options in acyclic manner.

Right arrow This only has effect when there is more thanone field in the variable data (eg. passwordor plant reference). It is used to move to thenext field to the right in a cyclic manner.

Left Arrow This only has effect when there is more thanone field in the variable data (eg. passwordor plant reference). It is used to move to thenext field to the left in a cyclic manner.

[ENTER] This is used to select variable data when the valueis to be changed (ie. enter setting mode) and toaccept the value after the value has been changed.It has no effect with column headings or fixeddata.

[CLEAR] This key is used to reset variable data to itsoriginal value and to exit the setting mode.The item of data that was to be changed then appearsin the browse menu as its original value.

[READ] Used to go to the scan alarms layer if any data ispresent, otherwise no effect.

Summary of the functionality of keys for setting change.

1.4 Procedure for changing settings

The following section details the procedure for setting changes.

1.4.1 Start point

It is assumed that the general menu navigation has been followed to display theitem to be modified and, for example the following is displayed.

Language:English

Pressing the [ENTER] key initiates the password prompt. If no password is requiredor the password for the required level of protection has already been entered thisstage is be omitted.

1.4.2 Password protection

The password protection is described in the introduction. The procedure outlined inthat section should be followed to allow the correct password access to be set.

Page 110: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 6 of 160

1.4.3 Setting change

Language:

English

Again the leading character flashes between its present value and an underscoreto prompt the user that the field may be changed. The numeric value or text stringwill be varied by means of the Up and Down arrow keys. (If more than one field ispresent eg. register bits, selection of the individual fields is provided by means ofthe left and right arrow keys.

Pressing the [ENTER] key accepts the change and the menu returns to normalbrowsing mode but the new data value is displayed.

Pressing the [CLEAR] key at any point aborts the setting change and the menu shallreturn to browsing mode via a temporary intermediate screen that states “SettingAborted”. Time-out of the keypad inactivity timer aborts the whole process and themenu returns to the default position.

1.4.4 Group settings

If the setting cell is a member of a group setting, the setting change is notimplemented until the user moves up to a primary column heading. This is becausethe user may wish to change several related settings that should be implementedtogether. Time-out of the keypad inactivity timer, at any stage of this process,causes all the amended settings within that group to revert to their original valuesprior to the change.

After making all the required group setting changes the user returns up the columnheadings by pressing the Up arrow key. If any of the group settings have changedthe user shall be prompted by the following display. If no settings were actuallychanged the prompt is bypassed.

Update Settings?ENTER=Yes CLEAR=No

Pressing the [DOWN] key returns the user to the first data cell of the columnheading, with any previous changes still visible.

Pressing the [ENTER] key implements the settings and the menu moves to thecolumn heading via an intermediate message.

Pressing the [CLEAR] key discards the group settings change and the menu movesup to the column heading via a temporary intermediate message.

1.4.5 Immediate settings

If an immediate setting has been altered and the [ENTER] key pressed the setting isupdated immediately.

Pressing the [ENTER] key implements the setting change immediately and returnsthe menu to normal browse mode.

1.5 Menu Contents

The following sections depict the format of data that is displayed at the front paneland remote access point in order to view the data base of the unit.

Page 111: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 7 of 160

1.5.1 Alarm scan menu

The alarm scan menu shall be available when one of the four red LEDs isilluminated. The four groups of event messages shall be:

Out of service

Setpoint

Trip

Alarm

The following subsections give examples of the types of alarm messages that maybe displayed in alarm scan mode.

1.5.1.1 ‘Out of service’ messages

An 'out of service' message indicates that the unit is in a configurable orcalibration mode. The following 'out of service' alarm messages may be displayed.

Front Panel Remote Access

Configuration Configuration settings invalidSettings Invalid

Calibration Calibration settings invalidSettings Invalid

Configuration Mode Configuration mode entered

Entered

Calibration Mode Calibration mode entered

Entered

Frequency Frequency tracking failedTracking Failed

1.5.1.2 ‘Setpoint’ messages

The setpoint LED will illuminate when an alarm setpoint is exceeded. When asetpoint is exceeded the alarm scan menu displays the setpoint group, alarmelement, alarm measurand, greater/less than sign, and the pre-set trip level.Typical measurand strings are shown below.

G1,E1: Frequency G1,E1: Frequency > 100.0 % > 100.0 %

G1,E2: Pt G1,E2: Pt > 100.0 %< 100.0 %

G1,E1: Ιn G1,E1: Ιn > 100.0 %> 100.0 %

1.5.1.3 ‘Trip’ messages

The trip LED will illuminate on when an alarm relay operates. In the case of a relayoperating, the data is displayed in the alarm scan menu as shown below.

Relay O/P Operated: Relay O/P Operated: “Label”“Label”

Page 112: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 8 of 160

1.5.1.4 ‘Alarm’ scan messages

This LED illuminates for exceptional errors. The unit displays the following alarmmessages to the user.

Front Panel Remote Access

Watchdog Time-Out Watchdog Time-Out Test Failed

Test Failed

Comms Channel A Comms Channel A Test 1 FailedTest 1 Failed

Comms Channel A Comms Channel A Test 2 FailedTest 2 Failed

Comms Channel B Comms Channel B Test 1 Failed Test 1 Failed

Comms Channel B Comms Channel B Test 2 FailedTest 2 Failed

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Immediate Settings

Immediate Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - System Mode Setting

System Mode Setting

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Dist Rec SettingsDist Rec Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Comms SettingsComms Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Demand SettingsDemand Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Analog O/P SettingsAnalog O/P Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Relay O/P SettingsRelay O/P Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Opto I/P Settings Opto I/P Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 1 SettingsAlarm Gp 1 Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 2 SettingsAlarm Gp 2 Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 3 SettingsAlarm Gp 3 Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 4 SettingsAlarm Gp 4 Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Tariff SettingsTariff Settings

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Metering DataMetering Data

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Event Records

Event Records

Page 113: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 9 of 160

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - LED Status

LED Status

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Clock InvalidClock Invalid

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Clock InaccurateClock Inaccurate

EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Analog O/P Serial PortAna O/P Serial Port

1.5.1.5 Default display

The default display allows the user to scroll through the unit’s measurements suchas voltage, current, power, and maximum demand values, etc. Data alwaysappears in the same ‘slot’ and the slot is blank if the connection mode renders thedata unavailable.

Front Panel Remote Access

MEASUREMENTS

Van=0.000 Vbn=0.000 Van=0.000 kVVcn=0.000 kV

Vbn=0.000 kV

Vcn=0.000 kV

Vab=0.000 Vbc=0.000 Vab=0.000 kV

Vca=0.000 kV

Vbc=0.000 kV

Vca=0.000 kV

Van=0.000 Vbn=0.000 Van(THD)=0.000 %Vcn=0.000 %THD

Vbn(THD)=0.000 %

Vcn(THD)=0.000 %

Vab=0.000 Vbc=0.000 Vab(THD)=0.000 %Vca=0.000 %THD

Vbc(THD)=0.000 %

Vca(THD)=0.000 %

Volts NPS=0.000 % Volts NPS=0.000 %

Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa=0.000 kA

Ιc=0.000 kA

Ιb=0.000 kA

Ιc=0.000 kA

Neutral Current= 0.000 A Neutral Current=0.000 A

Page 114: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 10 of 160

Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa(THD)=0.000 %Ιc=0.000 %THD

Ιb(THD)=0.000 %

Ιc(THD)=0.000 %

Amps NPS=0.000 % Amps NPS=0.000 %

Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa(MD)=0.000 kA

Ιc=0.000 MD kA

Ιb(MD)=0.000 kA

Ιc(MD)=0.000 kA

Real Power:

Real Power: Phase A=00.00000 kWPh A=00.00000 kW

Real Power: Phase B=-00.00000 kW

Ph B=-00.00000 kW

Real Power: Phase C=00.00000 kW

Ph C=00.00000 kW

Real Power: Total=00.00000 kWTotal=00.00000 kW

Reactive Power:

Reactive Power: Phase A=00.00000 kVArPh A=00.00000 kVAr

Reactive Power: Phase B=-00.00000 kVArPh B=-00.00000 kVAr

Reactive Power: Phase C=00.00000 kVArPh C=00.00000 kVAr

Reactive Power: Total=-00.00000 kVArTotal=-00.00000 kVAr

Apparent Power:

Apparent Power: Phase A=00.00000 kVA Ph A=00.00000 kVA

Apparent Power: Phase B=00.00000 kVA

Ph B=00.00000 kVA

Apparent Power: Phase C=00.00000 kVA

Ph C=00.00000 kVA

Apparent Power: Total=00.00000 kVA Total=00.00000 kVA

PF=0.000 PF: 0.000

Page 115: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 11 of 160

Import Energy= Import Energy=000000.000 kWh000000.000 kWh

Export Energy= Export Energy=000000.000 kWh000000.000 kWh

Import Energy= Import Energy=000000.000 kVArh000000.000 kVArh

Export Energy= Export Energy=000000.000 kVArh

000000.000 kVArh

MD Import= MD Import=00.00000 kW

00.00000 kW

MD Export= MD Export=00.00000 kW 00.00000 kW

MD (+)=00.00000 kVA MD (+)=00.00000 kVA

MD (-)=00.00000 kVA MD (-)=00.00000 kVA

MD Lagging= MD Lagging=00.00000 kVAr 00.00000 kVAr

MD Leading= MD Leading=00.00000 kVAr

00.0000 kVAr

MD PF=0.000 MD PF=0.000

System Frequency= System Frequency=00.000 Hz 00.000 Hz

DC Input=0.000 % DC Input=0.000 %

Pulsed Input 1= Pulsed Input 1=00000000000000000000

Pulsed Input 2= Pulsed Input 2=00000000000000000000

Time Into Period: Time Into Demand Period: 18 Into 30 min

18 Into 30 min

Page 116: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 12 of 160

1.5.1.6 Primary column headings

The Primary Column headings break down the data base into major areas ofcommon functionality.

Front Panel Remote Access

SYSTEM DATA SYSTEM DATA

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM MODES SYSTEM MODES

SYSTEM COMMANDS SYSTEM COMMANDS

DEMAND VALUES DEMAND VALUES

TARIFF METER TARIFF METER

VIEW RECORDS VIEW RECORDS

DISTURBANCE RECORDER DISTURBANCE RECORDER

COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGSSETTINGS

DEMAND CALCULATION DEMAND CALCULATION

ANALOG OUTPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS

RELAY OUTPUTS RELAY OUTPUTS

OPTO INPUTS OPTO INPUTS

SETPOINT GROUP 1 SETPOINT GROUP 1

SETPOINT GROUP 2 SETPOINT GROUP 2

SETPOINT GROUP 3 SETPOINT GROUP 3

SETPOINT GROUP 4 SETPOINT GROUP 4

TARIFF SETTINGS TARIFF SETTINGS

Page 117: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 13 of 160

1.6 System data menu

Front Panel Remote Access

SYSTEM DATA SYSTEM DATA

Language: Language: EnglishEnglish

Password: **** Password: ****

Description: Description: Measurement Centre Meas’ment Centre

Plant Reference: Plant Reference: <User defined><User defined>

Model Number: Model Number: M300H1042P0000A

M300H1042P0000A

Serial Number: Serial Number: 123456A

123456A

Communication Level: 1

Courier Address: 1

Software Ref 1: Software Ref 1: <To be defined><To be defined>

Software Ref 2: Software Ref 2: <To be defined ><To be defined>

Opto I/P Status: Opto Input Status 01 ↓

Opto 1: 1

Opto 2: 0

Relay O/P Status: Relay Output Status

1010 ↓

Relay 1: 0

Relay 2: 1

Relay 3: 0

Relay 4: 1

Active Access Level: Active Access Level: 00

Password Control: Password Control: 00

Level 1 Password: Level 1 Password: ****

****

Level 2 Password: Level 2 Password: ****

****

Page 118: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 14 of 160

1.6.1 Language

This setting cell allows the user to select the required interface language. The tablebelow shows the possible states of the language cell.

Front Panel Remote Access

Language: Language: ENGLISH

ENGLISH

Language: Language: FRANCAIS

FRANCAIS

Language: Language: DEUTSCHDEUTSCH

Language: Language: ESPANOLESPANOL

1.6.2 Password

This setting cell allows the user to enter the password for the desired security level.The password shall be entered as described in the introduction to the two volumes.

1.6.3 Description

This data cell is a data cell containing a character string describing the device,namely “Measurement Centre”.

1.6.4 Plant reference

A setting cell containing a 16 character string. Its principal application is toidentify the location of the unit when viewed over a remote access system.

1.6.5 Model number

A data cell containing the unit’s model number.

1.6.6 Serial number

This data cell identifies the serial number of the unit.

1.6.7 Communication level

This data cell indicates the capability of the communications interface to a remotesystem. The measurement centre implements level 1 Courier Communications.

1.6.8 Courier address

This setting cell contains the address of the unit.

1.6.9 Software Ref 1

This data cell contains the version of the boot loader software.

1.6.10 Software Ref 2

This data cell contains the version of the main software.

1.6.11 Opto input status (where fitted)

This data cell enables the user to view the status of the opto inputs. When an inputis energised its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Opto 1 status is definedin bit 1 and Opto 2 is in bit 2.

Page 119: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 15 of 160

1.6.12 Relay output status (where fitted)

This data cell enables the user to view the status of the relay outputs. When anoutput is energised its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Output states shallbe 1-4 from left to right.

1.6.13 Active access level

This data cell indicates the currently active password level. The value will bedisplayed as an integer of range 0 to 3.

1.6.14 Password control

This setting cell indicates the lowest (default) level of access that is availablewithout entering a password. The value will be displayed as an integer of range0 to 2.

1.6.15 Level 1 password

This setting cell allows the password for level 1 to be changed. The password isfour upper case characters from A to Z and only visible as they are entered.

1.6.16 Level 2 password

This setting cell allows the password for level 2 to be changed. The password willbe four upper case characters from A to Z and only visible as they are entered.

1.7 System configuration menu

Front Panel Remote Access

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Fitted Hardware: 0 Fitted Hardware: No Options FittedNo Options Fitted

Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485

Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485

Display Mode: Display Mode: Primary

Primary

LCD Backlight: LCD Backlight: ONON

Real Time Clock: Real Time Clock: 16/Mar/1997 10:34:5016-Mar-1997 10:34:50

Clock Synch: Clock Synch: DisabledDisabled

Max Clock Synch Max Clock Synch Interval: DisabledInterval: Disabled

Page 120: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 16 of 160

1.7.1 Fitted hardware

This data cell will indicate to the user the fitted hardware option as follows:

Front panel Remote access

Fitted Hardware: 0 Fitted Hardware: 0 - No Options FittedNo Options Fitted

Fitted Hardware: 1 Fitted Hardware: 1 - Rly, OptoRly, Opto

Fitted Hardware: 2 Fitted Hardware: 2 - Ana, DC

Ana, DC

Fitted Hardware: 3 Fitted Hardware: 3 - Rly, Opto, Ana, DC

Rly, Opto, Ana, DC

1.7.2 Communications protocol

This setting cell enables the user to choose the desired communications protocol.The possible states of the cell are:

Front Panel Remote Access

Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485

Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485

Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/K-Bus Mod/RS232Cou/K-Bus Mod/RS232

1.7.3 Display mode

This setting cell will allow the user to select if they wish to display measurements inprimary or secondary terms as follows:

Front Panel Remote Access

Display Mode: Display Mode: PrimaryPrimary

Display Mode: Display Mode: SecondarySecondary

1.7.4 LCD backlight (where applicable)

This setting cell allows the user to select if they wish the LCD backlight to be on oroff. The options are ‘ON’ or ‘OFF’.

1.7.5 Real time clock

This setting cell displays the current value of the unit’s real time clock. Each field ofthe cell is set in the standard manner.

1.7.6 Clock synchronisation

This setting cell allows the user to select the clock synchronisation rate. The optionsare ‘Disabled’, ‘30s’, ‘1 min’, ‘5 min’, ‘10 min’, ‘15 min’, ‘30 min’, or ‘60 min’.

1.7.7 Maximum clock synchronisation interval

This setting cell is used to select the maximum clock synchronisation interval.The cell can be set to ‘Disabled’, ‘1 Day’, ‘2 Days’, ‘3 Days’, ....... ‘31 Days’.

Page 121: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 17 of 160

1.8 System modes menu

Front Panel Remote Access

Connection Mode: 0 Connection Mode 0: 1ph (L,N)

1ph (L,N)

Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 1

Mode 1

CT Primary: CT Primary: 9999A9999A

CT Secondary: CT Secondary: 9.000A9.000A

VT Primary: VT Primary: 999999V 999999V

VT Secondary: VT Secondary: 500.00V500.00V

1.8.1 Connection mode

This setting cell will enable the user to select the desired connection mode.

Front Panel Remote Access

Connection Mode: 0 Connection Mode: 0 - 1ph (L,N)1ph (L,N)

Connection Mode: 1 Connection Mode: 1 - 3ph4w bal(1VT,1CT)3ph4w bal(1VT,1CT)

Connection Mode: 2 Connection Mode: 2 - 3ph3w bal(3VT,1CT)3ph3w bal(3VT,1CT)

Connection Mode: 3 Connection Mode: 3 - 3ph3w unbal(3VT,2CT)3ph3w unbal(3VT,2CT)

Connection Mode: 4 Connection Mode: 4 - 3ph4w unbal(2VT,3CT)

3ph4w unbal(2VT,3CT)

Connection Mode: 5 Connection Mode: 5 - 3ph4w unbal(3VT,3CT)

3ph4w unbal(3VT,3CT)

Connection Mode: 6 Connection Mode: 6 - 2ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)2ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)

Connection Mode: 7 Connection Mode: 7 - 3ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)3ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)

Page 122: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 18 of 160

1.8.2 Power flow mode

This setting cell allows the user to select one of four power flow modes.

Front Panel Remote Access

Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 1 Mode 1

Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 2

Mode 2

Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 3

Mode 3

Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 4Mode 4

1.8.3 CT Primary

This setting cell allows the user to set the CT primary value. The cell’s contents arevariable from 0-9999A in 1A steps.

1.8.4 CT Secondary

This setting cell allows the user to set the CT secondary value. The cell’s contentsare variable from 1.000-9.000A in 0.001A steps.

1.8.5 VT Primary

This setting cell allows the user to set the VT primary value. The cell’s contents arevariable from 0-999999V in 1V steps.

1.8.6 VT Secondary

This setting cell enables the user to set the desired VT secondary value. The cell’scontents are variable from 1.00V to 500.00V in 0.01V steps.

1.9 System commands menu

The System Commands menu is presented to the user as shown in the table.The menu basically allows the user to initiate various commands. Pressing the frontpanel button referred to in the quotation marks carries out the command (M301only). Once the command has been completed a message is temporarily displayedto inform the user. All of these commands are accessed via the communications onan M302.

Page 123: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 19 of 160

Front Panel Remote Access

‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Energy Meter: NoEnergy Meter

‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Demand: NoDemand

‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Energy Meter and Demand: NoEnergy & Demand

‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Pulse Counts: No

Pulse Counts

Reset Local LEDs: No

‘CLEAR’ to Restore Restore Password Protection: No

Password Protection

‘ENTER’ to Capture Start Waveform Capture: No

A ph Fast Wform Data

‘ENTER’ to CaptureB ph Fast Wform Data

‘ENTER’ to CaptureC ph Fast Wform Data

1.9.1 Demand values secondary column headings

The primary column heading, Demand Values is broken down further intosecondary column headings as shown in the table.

Throughout the demand columns the ‘‘ symbol shall indicate a link to the date andtime stamp sub-cell. To gain access to this cell the Down arrow key key is pressed.After viewing, the main cell can be returned to by pressing the Up arrow key.

Front Panel Remote Access

DEMAND VALUES DEMAND VALUES

DEMANDS FOR DEMANDS FOR PREVIOUS PERIOD

PREVIOUS PERIOD

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS SINCE LAST RESET

SINCE LAST RESET

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR PRESENT DAYFOR PRESENT DAY

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 1FOR DAY 1

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 2FOR DAY 2

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 3FOR DAY 3

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 4

FOR DAY 4

Page 124: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 20 of 160

MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 5DAY 5

MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 6 DAY 6

MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 7

DAY 7

1.9.2 Demands for previous period menu

These data cells contain the maximum demands for the previous period.

Front Panel Remote Access

DEMANDS FOR DEMANDS FOR PREVIOUS PERIODPREVIOUS PERIOD

Prev Period Demand: Import=00.00000kWImport=00.00000kW

Prev Period Demand: Export=00.00000kW

Export=00.00000kW

Prev Period Demand: Lag=00.00000kVAr

Lag=00.00000kVAr

Prev Period Demand: Lead=00.00000kVArLead=00.00000kVAr

Prev Period Demand: (+)=00.0000 kVA(+)=00.00000kVA

Prev Period Demand: (-)=00.00000kVA(-)=00.00000kVA

Prev Period Demand: PF=0.000 PF=0.000

Prev Period Demand: Ιa=0.000A

Ιa=0.000A

Prev Period Demand: Ιb=0.000A

Ιb=0.000A

Prev Period Demand: Ιc=0.000A Ιc=0.000A

Page 125: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 21 of 160

1.9.3 Maximum demands since last reset menu

These data cells contain the maximum demand values, and access to theircorresponding time stamp sub-cell, since the last reset.

Front Panel Remote Access

MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS SINCE LAST RESET

SINCE LAST RESET

MD Since Last Reset: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Export=00.00000 kWExport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Lag=00.00000 kVArLag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: (+)=00.00000 kVA

(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: (-)=00.00000 kVA

(-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Since Last Reset: Ιc=0.000 AΙc=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

1.9.4 Maximum demands for present day menu

These data cells contain the maximum demand values, and access to theircorresponding time stamp sub-cell, for the present day.

Front Panel Remote Access

MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR PRESENT DAYPRESENT DAY

MD Present Day: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Export=00.00000 kW

Export=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Lag=00.00000 kVAr

Lag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

Page 126: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 22 of 160

MD Present Day: (+)=00.00000 kVA

(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: (-)=00.00000 kVA (-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Present Day: Ιc=0.000 A

Ιc=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

1.9.5 Maximum Demands For Day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7

The maximum demand menu for days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 can be accessed asfollows.

The Maximum Demands For Day 1 is used as an example. The data cells containthe maximum demand values, and access to their corresponding time stamp in thesub-cell, for day one.

Front Panel Remote Access

MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 1

DAY 1

MD Day 1: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Export=00.00000 kWExport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Lag=00.00000 kVArLag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: (+)=00.00000 kVA

(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: (-)=00.00000 kVA

(-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

MD Day 1: Ιc=0.000 AΙc=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087

Page 127: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 23 of 160

1.9.6 Tariff metering registers

Front Panel Remote Access

TARIFF METER TARIFF METER

Settings Status: Tariff Settings Status: 1010

1010 ↓

Active Rate Reg: Active Rate Registers: 1010011010100110 ↓

Rate Register 1: Rate Register 1: 123456789 kWh123456789 kWh

Rate Register 2: Rate Register 2: 987654321 kVArh987654321 kVArh

Rate Register 3: Rate Register 3: 2345 kVArh2345 kVArh

Rate Register 8: Rate Register 8: 123456789 kWh

123456789 kWh

1.9.7 Tariff settings status

This data cell enables the user to see which of the Tariff Settings Status conflictsflags are currently active. When a conflict exists its flag is shown as a ‘1’,otherwise as a’0’.

The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key displays the first sub-cell. Pressing the Right arrowand Left arrow keys scrolls through the sub-cells shown in the Table. The Up arrowkey can be pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to themain data cell.

↑←→Dup Rate Events: 0

↑←→Dup Season Events: 1

↑←→

Invalid Season: 1

↑←→

Events In season: 1

1.9.8 Active rate registers

This data cell enables the user to see which of the rate registers are currentlyactive. When a register is active its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a’0’.The flags are listed in the order Register 8 to Register 1 from left to right.

The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key displays the first sub-cell. Pressing the Left arrow andRight arrow keys scrolls through the sub-cells shown in the table. The Up arrow keymay be pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to the maindata cell.

Page 128: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 24 of 160

↑←→Rate Register 1: 0

↑←→Rate Register 2: 1

↑←→Rate Register 8: 1

1.10 View records menu

This menu displays the history of the Out Of Service, Alarm, and Setpoint Alarms.The first two cells displays the number of records available and gives the option toreset all records respectively. If there are no records present the menu displays thenumber of records as ‘0’.

Front Panel Remote Access

VIEW RECORDS VIEW RECORDS

Number of Records: Number of Records: 4949

‘CLEAR’ to Clear Clear all Records: NoEvent Records

0:Frequency ↓ 0: Frequency Tracking FailedTracking Failed 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

1:G1,E1 High Trip ↓ 1: G1, E1 High Trip Van=0.000 kV

Van=0.000 kV 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

2:G2,E2 Low Trip ↓ 2: G1,E1 Low Trip MD Lead=00.00000 kVAr

MD Lead=00.00000kVAr 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

46:G3,E5 High Reset ↓ 46: G1,E1 High Reset MD (+)=00.00000 kVMD (+)=00.00000 kVA 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

47:G4,E1 Low Reset ↓ 47: G1,E1 Low Reset Total=00.00000 kVATotal=00.00000 kVA 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

48:Relay O/P Status ↓ 48: Relay O/P Status 01100110 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

49:Opto I/P Status ↓ 49: Opto I/P Status 01 01 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21

Page 129: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 25 of 160

1.10.1 Disturbance recorder

Front Panel Remote Access

DISTURBANCE RECORDER DISTURBANCE RECORDER

Recorder Status: Recorder Status: Stopped

Stopped

Data Source: ADC Samples

Samples Per Cycle: Samples Per Cycle: 48

48

Record Config: Record Configuration: 1 Record, 36 Cycles1 Record, 36 Cycles

Post Trigger Cycle: Post Trigger Cycle: 3636

Setpoint Triggers: Setpoint Triggers:↓

Group 1, Element 1: 0Group 1, Element 2: 1

Group 1, Element 3: 0Group 1, Element 4: 1Group 2, Element 1: 0

Group 4, Element 8: 1

Opto Input Trigger: Opto Input Triggers: Opto I/P 110 ↓

Opto I/P 1: 1Opto I/P 2: 0

Records Stored: Records Stored: 00

‘ENTER’ to Trigger Trigger Disturbance Recorder: NoDisturbance Recorder

‘CLEAR’ to Clear Clear Waveform Capture & Disturbance Records: No

Wave Cap & Dist Rec

1.10.2 Recorder status

This data cell indicates the status of the recorder. The possible states of the cell are‘Stopped’, ‘Triggered’ or ‘Running’.

1.10.3 Data source

This data cell indicates to the user that the source of disturbance record is theAnalog to digital converter samples.

1.10.4 Samples per cycle

This setting cell contains the number of samples per cycle to be taken by thedisturbance recorder. It shall be set to ‘48’ or ‘24’.

Page 130: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 26 of 160

1.10.5 Record configuration

This setting cell allows the user to select the number of records and cycles perrecord. The possible states of the cell are:

Front Panel Remote Access

Record Config: Record Config: 1 Record, 36 Cycles

1 Record, 36 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 2 Records, 18 Cycles

2 Records, 18 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 3 Records, 12 Cycles3 Records, 12 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 4 Records, 9 Cycles4 Records, 9 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 1 Records, 72 Cycles1 Record, 72 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 2 Records, 36 Cycles2 Records, 36 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 3 Records, 24 Cycles

3 Records, 24 Cycles

Record Config: Record Config: 4 Records, 18 Cycles

4 Records, 18 Cycles

1.10.6 Post trigger cycle

This setting cell allows the user to set the number of Post Trigger Cycles stored.The range limit is dependant on the state of the Record Configuration cell.

1.10.7 Setpoint triggers

This data setting enables the user to view/set the desired Setpoint ElementTriggers. The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cells. Pressing the Down arrow key takes the user to the display shown by below.There are 32 flags representing Four Setpoint Groups each with eight Elements.The bottom row represents Group 1 Element 1 through Group 2 Element 8respectively and the top row Group 3 Element 1 through Group 4 Element 8respectively. When a trigger is activated its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a‘0’.

Group 4 Group 3

Bit

32

1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 ↑

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 ↓

Bit

0

Group 2 Group 1

Page 131: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 27 of 160

The ‘↑‘ and ‘↓‘ symbols indicate that pressing the Up arrow key returns the user tothe main setting cell, whilst pressing the Down arrow key expands the first flag.The flag’s expanded information is displayed as in the table below.

The ‘←‘ and ‘→‘ symbols indicate that the user can scroll left or right through thecells in a cyclic manner using the Left arrrow and Right arrow keys respectively.

↑←→

Group 1,Element 1: 0

↑←→

Group 1,Element 2: 0

↑←→Group 1,Element 3: 1

↑←→Group 1,Element 4: 0

↑←→Group 1,Element 5: 0

↑←→Group 1,Element 6: 0

↑←→

Group 1,Element 7: 0

↑←→

Group 1,Element 8: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 1: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 2: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 3: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 4: 0

↑←→

Group 2,Element 5: 1

↑←→

Group 2,Element 6: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 7: 0

↑←→Group 2,Element 8: 0

↑←→Group 3,Element 1: 0

↑←→Group 3,Element 2: 0

↑←→

Group 3,Element 3: 0

Page 132: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 28 of 160

↑←→Group 3,Element 4: 1

↑←→Group 3,Element 5: 1

↑←→Group 3,Element 6: 0

↑←→Group 3,Element 7: 0

↑←→

Group 3,Element 8: 0

↑←→

Group 4,Element 1: 0

↑←→Group 4,Element 2: 1

↑←→Group 4,Element 3: 0

↑←→Group 4,Element 4: 0

↑←→Group 4,Element 5: 0

↑←→

Group 4,Element 6:0

↑←→

Group 4,Element 7:0

↑←→Group 4,Element 8:1

1.10.8 Opto input triggers (where fitted)

This setting cell allows the user to set/view the Opto Input Trigger assignments.When an input is active its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Input statesshall be 1-2 from left to right.

The ‘↓‘ symbol shall indicate to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key shall display the first sub-cell. Pressing the Left arrowand Right arrow keys shall then scroll through the sub-cells. The Up arrow key maybe pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to the main datacell.

↑←→

Opto Input Trig 1:1

↑←→

Opto Input Trig 2:0

Page 133: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 29 of 160

1.10.9 Records stored

This data cell shows the number of records stored.

1.10.10 Trigger disturbance recorder

This command cell allows the user to trigger the disturbance recorder.

1.10.11 Reset waveform capture and disturbance records

This command cell allows the user to reset waveform capture and all disturbancerecords.

1.11 Communications settings menu

Front Panel Remote Access

COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGSSETTINGS

Modem Control Lines: Modem Control Lines: DisabledDisabled

Modbus Address: 1 Modbus Address: 1

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 96009600

Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Even Parity

8Dt, Even Par, 2Stp Bit, 2 Stop Bits

Courier Address: Courier Address: 255

255

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 96009600

IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: FT1.2, 11 bitsFT1.2, 11 bits

1.11.1 Modem control lines

This setting cell allows the user to enable or disable the modem control lines.The possible cell states are ‘Disabled’, ‘Enabled’.

1.11.2 Modbus address

This setting cell allows the user to set the modbus address between 1 and 247 insteps of one.

Page 134: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 30 of 160

1.11.3 Modbus baud rate

This setting cell allows the user to select the desired modbus baud rate.The possible cell states are shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 1200

1200

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 24002400

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 48004800

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 96009600

Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 1920019200

1.11.4 Modbus framing

This setting cell is used to select the desired modbus framing. The possible cellstates are shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, No Parity8Dt, No Par, 2Stp Bit, 2 Stop Bits

Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Even Parity

8 Dt, Even Par, 1Stp Bit, 1 Stop Bit

Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Odd Parity

8 Dt, Odd Par, 1Stp Bit, 1 Stop Bit

1.11.5 Courier address

This setting cell allows the user to set the courier address. The cell can be setbetween 0 and 255 in steps of one.

1.11.6 IEC870 baud rate

This setting cell allows the user to select the desired IEC870 baud rate.The possible cell states are shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 1200

1200

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 24002400

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 48004800

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 96009600

IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 1920019200

Page 135: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 31 of 160

1.11.7 IEC870 Framing

The user can use this setting cell to select the desired IEC870 framing.The possible cell states are shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: FT1.2, 11 Bits

FT1.2, 11 Bits

IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: 1010 Bits

1.11.8 Demand calculation

The demand calculation menu is presented to the user as illustrated below.The chosen function determines the remainder of settings available.

Front Panel Remote Access

DEMAND CALCULATION DEMAND CALCULATION

Function: Function: Sliding WindowSliding Window

Demand Subperiods: Demand Subperiods: 30 min30 min

Demand Period: Demand Period: 15 Subperiods15 Subperiods

Demand Period: Demand Period: 30 min

30 min

1.11.9 Function

The function setting cell determines the type of demand calculation used asdescribed in the table.

Front Panel Remote Access

Function: Function: Fixed Window

Fixed Window

Function: Function: Sliding Window

Sliding Window

Function: Function: Thermal CharacteristicThermal

1.11.10 Demand subperiods (sliding window only)

The demand subperiods setting cell is only be visible if the sliding window functionhas been chosen. The cell can be used to set the subperiod length, in minutes, from1 to 99.

Front Panel Remote Access

Demand Subperiods: Demand Subperiods: 99 min99 min

Page 136: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 32 of 160

1.11.11 Demand period (sliding window)

If the sliding window function has been chosen then this cell is used to select thenumber of subperiods. The number of subperiods can be between 1 and 15.

Front Panel Remote Access

Demand Period: Demand Period: 1 Subperiods

1 Subperiod

Demand Period: Demand Period: 2 Subperiods2 Subperiods

Demand Period: Demand Period: 15 Subperiods15 Subperiods

1.11.12 Demand period (fixed window or thermal characteristic)

If the fixed window or thermal characteristic functions have been chosen then thiscell can be used to set the demand period length. The cell has a range of 1 to 99minutes in steps of one minute.

Front Panel Remote Access

Demand Period: Demand Period: 99 mins99 mins

1.12 Analog outputs menu (where fitted)

The analog outputs menu is presented to the user as shown below. The followingsub-sections describe the particular case of analog output one.

Front Panel Remote Access

ANALOG OUTPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Van

Van

Analog Output 1 Full Scale: 100.0 %

Full Scale: 100.0 %

Analog Output 1 Slope: SingleSlope: Single

Analog Output 1 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni

Analog Output 2: Analog Output 2: Vbn Vbn

Analog Output 2 Full Scale: 100.0 %Full Scale: 100.0 %

Analog Output 2 Slope: Single

Slope: Single

Analog Output 2 Span: 0...10 mA Uni

Span: 0...10 mA Uni

Analog Output 3: Analog Output 3: VcnVcn

Page 137: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 33 of 160

Analog Output 3 Full Scale: 100.0 %Full Scale: 100.0 %

Analog Output 3 Slope: Single

Slope: Single

Analog Output 3 Span: 0...10 mA Uni

Span: 0...10 mA Uni

Analog Output 4: Analog Output 4: VabVab

Analog Output 4 Full Scale: 99.9%Full Scale: 99.9%

Analog Output 4 Slope: SingleSlope: Single

Analog Output 4 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni

1.12.1 Analog output 1 measurand

This setting cell indicates the measurand assigned to Analog output 1. The possiblestates of this cell are:

Front Panel Remote Access

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: DisabledDisabled

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Frequency

Frequency

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Pt

Pt

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: QtQt

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: StSt

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: PFPF

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙaΙa

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙbΙb

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙcΙc

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙnΙn

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VanVan

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VbnVbn

Page 138: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 34 of 160

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VcnVcn

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VabVab

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VbcVbc

Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Vca

Vca

1.12.2 Analog output 1 full scale

This setting cell allows the user to define the full scale value of the selected inputmeasurand. The full scale range is 1.0 % to 200.0 % in steps of 0.1 %.

1.12.3 Analog output 1 slope

This setting cell allows the user to select the desired output slope, its possible statesare shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Slope: Single

Slope: Single

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Slope: Dual

Slope: Dual

1.12.4 Analog output 1 X-breakpoint

This setting cell allows the user to set the x-breakpoint value. The setting range shallbe 0.0 % to 100.0 % in 0.1 % steps. This is only applicable for dual slopesettings.

1.12.5 Analog output 1 Y-breakpoint

This setting cell allows the user to set the y-breakpoint value. The setting range is0.0 % to 100.0 % in 0.1 % steps. This is only applicable for dual slope settings.

1.12.6 Analog output 1 span

This setting cell allows the user to select the output current span. The possible statesof the cell are shown below.

Front Panel Remote Access

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA UniSpan: 0...20 mA Uni

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 4...20 mA UniSpan: 4...20 mA Uni

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA Bi

Span: 0...10 mA Bi

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA Bi

Span: 0...20 mA Bi

Page 139: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 35 of 160

Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA BiSpan: 4...20 mA Bi

1.13 Setpoint group 1, 2, 3, and 4 menus

Setpoint Group menus 1 to 4 follow the same format as each other, the onlydifference being the reference number. This section uses Setpoint Group 1 element1 as an example to describe how the data is displayed to the user.

Front Panel Remote Access

SETPOINT GROUP 1 SETPOINT GROUP 1

Setpoint Group 1 Delay: 60 sec

Delay: 60 sec

Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Van

Van

Setpoint G1,E1 High Level: 120.3 %High Level: 120.3 %

Setpoint G1,E1 Low Level: 88.4 %Low Level: 88.4 %

1.13.1 Setpoint group 1 delay

This setting cell allows the user to enter the Setpoint Group delay. The setting rangecan be 1 to 60 seconds in steps of one second.

1.13.2 Setpoint group 1 element 1

Each Setpoint Group has eight elements. The user is able to disable the element orselect one of the available measurands. The table below shows the possible statesof this cell for Setpoint Group 1, element 1 for both a disabled configuration andwith the setpoint of Frequency.

Front Panel Remote Access

Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Disabled

Disabled

Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Frequency

Frequency

1.13.3 Setpoint group 1 element 1 high level

This setting cell is used to set the high alarm level value as a percentage.

1.13.4 Setpoint group 1 element 1 low level

This setting cell is used to set the low alarm level value as a percentage.

Page 140: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 36 of 160

1.14 Relay outputs menu

The relay outputs menu is presented to the user as in the table which uses relay 1as an example.

Front Panel Remote Access

RELAY OUTPUTS RELAY OUTPUTS

Relay 1

Relay 1 Assignment: Assignment: Setpoint Group 1

Setpoint Group 1

Relay 1 Label: Label: Relay Output 1Relay Output 1

Relay 1 Contacts: Contacts: Normally OpenNormally Open

1.14.1 Relay 1 assignment

This setting cell is used to select the assignment of relay 1. The possible states are:

Front Panel Remote Access

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Disabled

Disabled

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 1Setpoint Group 1

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 2Setpoint Group 2

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 3Setpoint Group 3

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 4Setpoint Group 4

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Import kWh

Pulsed Import kWh

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Export kWh

Pulsed Export kWh

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Export kVArhPulsed Export kVArh

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Import kVArhPulsed Import kVArh

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: WatchdogWatchdog

1.14.2 Relay X label

This setting cell allows the user to enter a 14 character (ASCII TEXT) labelrepresenting the relay X. The default label is “Relay Output X”

Page 141: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 37 of 160

1.14.3 Relay contacts

This setting cell is used to select the default state of the relay’s contacts.

Front Panel Remote Access

Relay 1 Contacts: Relay 1 Contacts: Normally OpenNormally Open

Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Contacts: Normally Closed

Normally Closed

1.14.4 Import kWh pulse duration

This setting cell allows the user to select the desired pulse duration for Import kWh.The table below illustrates the possible states of the cell.

Front Panel Remote Access

Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 100 ms

Duration: 100 ms

Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 200 ms

Duration: 200 ms

Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 400 msDuration: 400 ms

1.14.5 Import kWh pulse rate

This setting cell can be set between 1-4000 pph in steps of one.

1.14.6 Import kWh full scale

This setting cell can be set between 1.000%-200.0 % in steps of 0.1 %.

1.14.7 Export kWh, export kVArh, and import kVArh

The cell structure for import watts can be repeated for export watts, import kVArhand export kVArh.

1.15 Opto inputs menu (where fitted)

Front Panel Remote Access

Opto Input 1: Opto Input 1: DisabledDisabled

Opto Input 1 Label: Label: Opto Input 1Opto Input 1

Opto Input 2: Opto Input 2: DisabledDisabled

Opto Input 2 Label: Label: Opto Input 2

Opto Input 2

Page 142: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 38 of 160

1.15.1 Opto input X

The Opto Input X setting cell allows the user to set the operation mode of the input.The possible states being.

Front Panel Remote Access

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Disabled

Disabled

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Demand SyncDemand Sync

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Energy SyncEnergy Sync

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Energy & Demand SyncEnergy & Demand Sync

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Pulse CounterPulse Counter

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Clock Sync

Clock Sync

Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Logic Levels

Logic Levels

1.15.2 Opto input X label

This setting cell allows the user to enter a 14 character (ASCII TEXT) labelrepresenting Opto Input X. The default label is “Opto Input X”.

1.15.3 Tariff settings secondary column headings

The primary column heading tariff settings are broken down into the secondarycolumn headings as shown.

Front Panel Remote Access

TARIFF SETTINGS TARIFF SETTINGS

RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 1-12

EVENTS 1-12

RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 13-24EVENTS 13-24

RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 25-36EVENTS 25-36

RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 37-48EVENTS 37-48

SEASON SWITCHING SEASON SWITCHING EVENTSEVENTS

SWITCHING EVENTS SWITCHING EVENTS IN SEASON

IN SEASON

FIXED DAY FIXED DAY EXCLUSIONS

EXCLUSIONS

Page 143: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 39 of 160

FIXED DATE FIXED DATE EXCLUSIONSEXCLUSIONS

RATE REGISTER RATE REGISTER DATA SOURCEDATA SOURCE

1.16 Rate switching events menus

This subsection describes how the rate switching events menus are displayed to theuser. The rate switching events 1 to 12 menu is displayed to the user as shownbelow. The remaining rate switching events (13-24, 25-36, and 37-48) followexactly the same structure except for the reference to event numbers.

Front Panel Remote Access

RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 1-12EVENTS 1-12

Event 1

Event 1 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled

Event 1 Activation Activation Hour: 0Hour: 0

Event 1 Activation Activation Minutes: 0Minute: 0

Event 1 Rates: Rates: 0000000100101101 ↓

Event 2

Event 2 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled

Event 2 Activation Activation Hour: 0

Hour: 0

Event 2 Activation Activation Minutes: 0

Minute: 0

Event 2 Rates: Rates: 0000000100000001 ↓

Event 12

Event 12 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled

Event 12 Activation Activation Hour: 0Hour: 0

Event 12 Activation Activation Minutes: 0Minute: 0

Event 12 Rates: Rates: 0000000100000001 ↓

Page 144: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 40 of 160

1.16.1 Activation day

The possible states of the activation day setting cell are ‘Disabled’, ‘Monday’,‘Tuesday’, ‘Wednesday’, ‘Thursday’, ‘Friday’, ‘Saturday’ or ‘Sunday’.

1.16.2 Activation hour

This setting cell can be set between 0 and 23 hours in one hour steps.

1.16.3 Activation minute

This setting cell can be set between 0 and 59 minutes in one minute steps.

1.16.4 Rates

This setting cell displays the state of each rate register. A ‘1’ indicates active whilsta ‘0’ inactive.

The ‘←‘ and ‘→‘ symbols indicates that the user can scroll left or right througheach of the rate register states in a cyclic manner using the left and right arrowkeys respectively. The ‘″‘ symbol indicates that the user can return to the rateregister cell.

↑←→Event 1 Rate Reg 1:1

↑←→Event 2 Rate Reg 2:0

etc.

The user is able to enter setting mode in the normal manner from any of thedisplays. When in setting mode the user shall see the display shown below (theparticular Rate Reg number displayed depends on where the setting mode wasentered from). The Left and Right arrow keys can be used to scroll through the RateRegisters in a cyclic manner and the Up and Down arrow keys used to toggle thesetting value between ‘0’ and ‘1’. The setting changes is accepted in the normalmanner.

↑←→Event 1 Rate Reg 1:1

1.17 Season switching event menu

The season switching event menu is presented to the user as shown in the tablebelow.

Front Panel Remote Access

SEASON SWITCHING SEASON SWITCHING EVENTSEVENTS

Event 1

Event 1 Month: JanuaryMonth: January

Event 1 Day of Month: 1Day of Month: 1

Event 1 New Season: 2New Season: 2

Page 145: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 41 of 160

Event 12

Event 12 Month: MarchMonth: March

Event 12 Day of Month: 5Day of Month: 5

Event 12 New Season: 3New Season: 3

1.17.1 Month

This setting cell enables the user to select from ‘Disabled’, ‘January’, ‘February’,‘March’, ‘April’, ‘May’, ‘June’, ‘July’, ‘August’, ‘September’, ‘October’,‘November’, and ‘December’.

1.17.2 Day of month

This setting cell allows the user to select in steps of 1 day from 1 to 31 days.

1.17.3 New season

This setting cell has a range of 0 to 11 in steps of one.

1.18 Switching events in season menu

Front Panel Remote Access

SWITCHING EVENTS IN SWITCHING EVENTS IN SEASON

SEASON

Switching Events In Season 0: 0

Season 0: 0

Switching Events In Season 1: 12Season 1: 12

Switching Events In Season 11: 48Season 11: 48

1.18.1 Switching events in season

This setting cell allows the user to select the number of events for each season.The cell’s states are ‘0’, ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘48’.

1.18.2 Fixed day exclusions.

Front Panel Remote Access

FIXED DAY EXCLUSION FIXED DAY EXCLUSION

Exclusion 1:

Exclusion 1 Week: 1Week: 1

Exclusion 1 Day: Monday

Day: Monday

Exclusion 1 Season to Use: 1

Season to Use: 1

Page 146: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 42 of 160

Exclusion 1 Day to Use: MondayDay to Use: Monday

Exclusion 8:

Exclusion 8 Week: 1Week: 1

Exclusion 8 Day: MondayDay: Monday

Exclusion 8 Season to Use: 1Season to Use: 1

Exclusion 8 Day to Use: TuesdayDay to Use: Monday

1.18.3 Week cell

This setting cell is used to select the fixed day exclusion week. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Disabled’, ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘52’.

1.18.4 Day cell

This setting allows the user to select the fixed day exclusion day. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.

1.18.5 Season to use cell

This setting cell allows the user to select the fixed day exclusion season to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘1, ‘2’, ... ‘12’.

1.18.6 Day to use cell

This setting cell enables the user to select the fixed day exclusion day to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.

1.19 Fixed date exclusion menu

Front Panel Remote Access

FIXED DATE EXCLUSION FIXED DATE EXCLUSION

Exclusion 1:

Exclusion 1 Month: JanuaryMonth: January

Exclusion 1 Day of Month: 23Day of Month: 23

Exclusion 1 Season to Use: 1

Season to Use: 1

Exclusion 1 Day to Use: Monday

Day to Use: Monday

Exclusion 8:

Exclusion 8 Month: January

Month: January

Exclusion 8 Day of Month: 20Day of Month: 20

Page 147: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 43 of 160

Exclusion 8 Season to Use: 1Season to Use: 1

Exclusion 8 Day to Use: TuesdayDay to Use: Tuesday

1.19.1 Month cell

This setting cell is used to select the fixed date exclusion month. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Disabled’, ‘January’, ‘February’, ... ‘December’.

1.19.2 Day of month cell

This setting allows the user to select the fixed date exclusion day of month.The cell’s possible states are ‘1, ‘2, ... ‘31’.

1.19.3 Season to use cell

This setting cell allows the user to select the fixed date exclusion season to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘12’.

1.19.4 Day to use cell

This setting cell enables the user to select the fixed date exclusion day to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.

1.19.5 Rate register source

Front Panel Remote Access

RATE REGISTER DATA RATE REGISTER DATA SOURCESOURCE

Rate Register 1: Rate Register 1: Import Total kWhImport Total kWh

Rate Register 2: Rate Register 2: Import Total kWhImport Total kWh

Rate Register 3: Rate Register 3: Export Total kWh

Export Total kWh

Rate Register 4: Rate Register 4: Import Total kVArh

Import Total kVArh

Rate Register 5: Rate Register 5: Export Total kVArhExport Total kVArh

Rate Register 6: Rate Register 6: Export Total kWhExport Total kW

1.19.6 Rate register data source cell

The rate register data source cells enable the user to select the data source foreach register. Each rate register data source cell has one of the states shown in thetable.

Page 148: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 44 of 160

Sect

ion 2

.CO

URIE

R D

ATA

BA

SE M

AP

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0000

SYST

EM D

ATA

SYST

EM D

ATA

0001

Lang

uage

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

: Eng

lish

1Fr

anca

is

2D

eutsc

h

3Es

pano

l

0002

Pass

wor

dA

scii

Pass

wor

d(4)

Pass

wor

d: *

***

0004

Des

crip

tion

Asc

ii Te

xt(1

6)20

Cha

ract

ers

+ N

ULL

Des

crip

tion:

Mea

sure

men

t Cen

tre

0005

Plan

t Ref

eren

ceA

scii

Text

(16)

20 C

hara

cter

s +

NU

LLPl

ant R

efer

ence

: <U

ser D

efin

ed>

0006

Mod

el N

umbe

rA

scii

Text

(16)

15 C

hara

cter

s +

NU

LLM

odel

Num

ber:

H10

0A11

0012

0CEA

0008

Seria

l Num

ber

Asc

ii Te

xt(7

)6

Dig

its +

1 A

lpha

Seria

l Num

ber:

1234

56A

0009

Freq

uenc

y (H

z)U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Freq

uenc

y (H

z): 5

0

000A

Com

mun

icat

ion

Leve

lU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Com

mun

icat

ion

Leve

l: 1

000B

Add

ress

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)A

ddre

ss: 1

0011

Softw

are

Ref 1

Asc

ii Te

xt (1

6)So

ftwar

e Re

f 1: <

To b

e de

fined

>

0012

Softw

are

Ref 2

Asc

ii Te

xt (1

6)So

ftwar

e Re

f 2: <

To b

e de

fined

>

0020

Opt

o In

put S

tatu

sBi

nary

Fla

gs (2

)O

pto

Inpu

t Sta

tus:

00

0021

Rela

y O

utpu

t Sta

tus

Bina

ry F

lags

(4)

Rela

y O

utpu

t Sta

tus:

000

0

0022

Ala

rm S

tatu

sBi

nary

Fla

gs (2

4)00

0000

01h

Wat

chdo

g Ti

me-

Out

Res

et

0000

0002

hSe

rial c

omm

unic

atio

n co

ntro

ller c

hann

el A

test

1

0000

0004

hSe

rial c

omm

unic

atio

n co

ntro

ller c

hann

el A

test

1

Page 149: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 45 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0000

0008

hSe

rial c

omm

unic

atio

n co

ntro

ller c

hann

el B

test

2

0000

0010

hSe

rial c

omm

unic

atio

n co

ntro

ller c

hann

el B

test

2

0000

0020

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: im

med

iate

set

tings

0000

0040

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: sys

tem

mod

es s

ettin

gs

0000

0080

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: dis

turb

ance

reco

rder

set

tings

0000

0100

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: com

mun

icat

ion

setti

ngs

0000

0200

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: dem

and

setti

ngs

0000

0400

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: ana

logu

e ou

tput

set

tings

0000

0800

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: rel

ay o

utpu

t set

tings

0000

1000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: opt

o in

put s

ettin

gs

0000

2000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: set

poin

t gro

up 1

set

tings

0000

4000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: set

poin

t gro

up 2

set

tings

0000

8000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: set

poin

t gro

up 3

set

tings

0001

0000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: set

poin

t gro

up 4

set

tings

0002

0000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: tar

iff s

ettin

gs

0004

0000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: met

erin

g da

ta

0008

0000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: eve

nt re

cord

s

0010

0000

hEE

PRO

M E

rror

: LED

sta

tus

0020

0000

hRe

al ti

me

cloc

k is

inva

lid

0040

0000

hRe

al ti

me

cloc

k is

inac

cura

te

0080

0000

hA

nalo

gue

outp

ut s

eria

l por

t fai

led

0023

Setp

oint

Sta

tus

Bina

ry F

lags

(32)

0000

0001

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 1

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 1: 0

0000

0002

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 2

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 2: 0

0000

0004

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 3

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 3: 0

Page 150: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 46 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0000

0008

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 4

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 4: 0

0000

0010

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 5

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 5: 0

0000

0020

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 6

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 6: 0

0000

0040

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 7

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 7: 0

0000

0080

hG

roup

1 S

etpo

int 8

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 8: 0

0000

0100

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 1

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 1: 0

0000

0200

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 2

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 2: 0

0000

0400

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 3

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 3: 0

0000

0800

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 4

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 4: 0

0000

1000

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 5

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 5: 0

0000

2000

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 6

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 6: 0

0000

4000

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 7

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 7: 0

0000

8000

hG

roup

2 S

etpo

int 8

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 8: 0

0001

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 1

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 1: 0

0002

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 2

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 2: 0

0004

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 3

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 3: 0

0008

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 4

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 4: 0

0010

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 5

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 5: 0

0020

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 6

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 6: 0

0040

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 7

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 7: 0

0080

0000

hG

roup

3 S

etpo

int 8

Gro

up 3

Set

poin

t 8: 0

0100

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 1

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 1: 0

0200

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 2

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 2: 0

0400

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 3

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 3: 0

Page 151: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 47 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0800

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 4

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 4: 0

1000

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 5

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 5: 0

2000

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 6

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 6: 0

4000

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 7

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 7: 0

8000

0000

hG

roup

4 S

etpo

int 8

Gro

up 4

Set

poin

t 8: 0

00D

0A

ctiv

e A

cces

s Le

vel

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(16)

00D

1Pa

ssw

ord

Con

trol

Inde

xed

Strin

g (1

6)0

Men

u is

fully

pro

tect

edPa

ssw

ord

Con

trol:

Men

u Fu

lly P

rote

cted

1Fu

ll ac

cess

up

to le

vel 1

use

r pas

swor

d

2Fu

ll ac

cess

up

to le

vel 2

use

r pas

swor

d

00D

2Le

vel 1

Pas

swor

dA

scii

Pass

wor

d(4)

4 U

pper

case

lette

rs +

NU

LLLe

vel 1

Pas

swor

d: *

***

00D

3Le

vel 2

Pas

swor

dA

scii

Pass

wor

d(4)

4 U

pper

case

lette

rs +

NU

LLLe

vel 2

Pas

swor

d: *

***

0100

SYST

EM C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

NSY

STEM

CO

NFI

GU

RATI

ON

0101

Fitte

d H

ardw

are

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

No

Opt

ions

Fitt

edFi

tted

Har

dwar

e: N

o O

ptio

ns F

itted

1Fo

ur re

lays

& T

wo

Stat

us In

puts

2Fo

ur A

nalo

gue

Out

puts

& D

C In

put

3Fo

ur re

lays

, Tw

o St

atus

Inpu

ts, F

our A

nalo

gue

Out

puts

& D

C In

put

0102

Com

ms

Prot

ocol

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

RS48

5 M

odbu

s an

d IE

C87

0 C

ourie

rC

omm

s Pr

otoc

ol: M

od/R

S485

Cou

/IEC

870

1K-

Bus

Cou

rier a

nd R

S232

Mod

bus

0103

Dis

play

Mod

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

0Se

cond

ary

Dis

play

Mod

e: S

econ

dary

1Pr

imar

y

0104

LCD

Bac

klig

htIn

dexe

d St

ring

0O

ffLC

D B

ackl

ight

: Off

1O

n

0105

Real

Tim

e C

lock

IEC

Tim

e &

Dat

eRe

al T

ime

Clo

ck

Page 152: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 48 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0106

Clo

ck S

ynch

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Dis

able

dC

lock

Syn

chro

nisa

tion:

Dis

able

d

130

s

21

min

35

min

410

min

515

min

630

min

760

min

0107

Max

Clo

ck S

ynch

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Dis

able

d

1 to

31

Day

s

0200

SYST

EM M

OD

ES

0201

Con

nect

ion

Mod

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

0Si

ngle

Pha

se (L

, N)

13

phas

e 4

wire

bal

ance

d (1

vol

ts, 1

cur

rent

)

23

phas

e 3

wire

bal

ance

d (3

vol

ts, 1

cur

rent

)

33

phas

e 3

wire

unb

alan

ced

(3 v

olts,

2 c

urre

nts)

43

phas

e 4

wire

unb

alan

ced

(2 v

olts,

3 c

urre

nts)

53

phas

e 4

wire

unb

alan

ced

(3 v

olts,

3 c

urre

nts)

62

phas

e 3

wire

sys

tem

(2 v

olts,

2 c

urre

nts)

73

phas

e 3

wire

bal

ance

d (2

vol

ts, 2

cur

rent

s)

0202

Pow

er F

low

Mod

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

0M

ode

1

1M

ode

2

2M

ode

3

3M

ode

4

Page 153: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 49 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0203

C.T

. Prim

ary

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(32)

0N

o Pr

imar

y C

ircui

t

1 - 9

999

(A)

0204

C.T

. Sec

onda

ryIE

EE F

loat

Valu

e en

tere

d =

nom

inal

val

ue o

f I/P

cur

rent

0205

V.T.

Prim

ary

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(32)

0N

o Pr

imar

y C

ircui

t

1 - 9

9,99

9(V

)

(V)

0206

V.T.

Sec

onda

ryIE

EE F

loat

Valu

e en

tere

d =

nom

inal

val

ue o

f I/P

vol

tage

0207

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

0300

SYST

EM C

OM

MA

ND

S

0301

Rese

t Ene

rgy

Met

erIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

O

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0302

Rese

t Dem

and

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

NO

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0303

Rese

t Ene

rgy

Met

er a

nd D

eman

dIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

O

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0304

Rese

t Pul

se C

ount

sIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

O

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0305

Rese

t Loc

al L

EDs

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

NO

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0306

Resto

re P

assw

ord

Prot

ectio

nIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

O

Page 154: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 50 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

1YE

S - R

ESET

S TO

0

0307

Star

t Fas

t Wav

efor

m C

aptu

reIn

dexe

d St

ring

0C

aptu

re O

ff

1C

aptu

re A

-ph

Dat

a

2C

aptu

re B

-ph

Dat

a

3C

aptu

re C

-ph

Dat

a

0400

MEA

SURE

MEN

TS

0401

Van

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0402

Vbn

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0403

Vcn

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0404

Vab

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0405

Vbc

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0406

Vca

Cou

rier V

olta

ge

0407

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0408

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0409

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

040A

InC

ourie

r Cur

rent

040B

Freq

uenc

yC

ourie

r Fre

quen

cy

040C

dc In

put

IEEE

Flo

at

040D

Pulse

Cou

nt 1

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

040E

Pulse

Cou

nt 2

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

040F

V %

NPS

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0410

I %N

PSC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

Page 155: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 51 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0500

POW

ER /

EN

ERG

Y M

EASU

REM

ENTS

0501

REA

L PO

WER

0502

A P

hase

Rea

l Pow

erC

ourie

r Pow

er

0503

B Ph

ase

Real

Pow

erC

ourie

r Po

wer

0504

C P

hase

Rea

l Pow

erC

ourie

r Pow

er

0505

REA

CTI

VE P

OW

ER

0506

A P

hase

Rea

ctiv

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0507

B Ph

ase

Reac

tive

Pow

erC

ourie

r var

0508

C P

hase

Rea

ctiv

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0509

APP

ARE

NT

POW

ER

050A

A P

hase

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

050B

B Ph

ase

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

050C

C P

hase

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

050D

Tota

l Rea

l Pow

erC

ourie

r Pow

er

050E

Tota

l Rea

ctiv

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

050F

Tota

l App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

0510

Tota

l Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

0511

Impo

rt Re

al E

nerg

yC

ourie

r Wh

0512

Expo

rt Re

al E

nerg

yC

ourie

r Wh

0513

Impo

rt Re

activ

e En

ergy

Cou

rier v

arh

0514

Expo

rt Re

activ

e En

ergy

Cou

rier v

arh

0600

DEM

AN

D V

ALU

ES

Page 156: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 52 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0601

DYN

AM

IC D

EMA

ND

VA

LUES

0602

Tim

e In

to P

erio

d (m

in)

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(16)

0603

Impo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

0604

Expo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

0605

Impo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0606

Expo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0607

Posi

tive

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

0608

Neg

ativ

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

Cou

rier

VA

0609

Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

060A

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

060B

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

060C

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

060D

PREV

IOU

S PE

RIO

D

060E

Impo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

060F

Expo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

0610

Impo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0611

Expo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0612

Posi

tive

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

0613

Neg

ativ

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

Cou

rier

VA

0614

Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

0615

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0616

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0617

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0618

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SIN

CE

LAST

RES

ET

Page 157: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 53 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0619

Impo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

061A

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

061B

Expo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

061C

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

061D

Impo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

061E

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

061F

Expo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0620

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0621

Posi

tive

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

0622

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0623

Neg

ativ

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

Cou

rier

VA

0624

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0625

Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

0626

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0627

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0628

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0629

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

062A

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

062B

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

062C

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

062D

PRES

ENT

DA

Y M

AX

DEM

AN

D

062E

Impo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

062F

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0630

Expo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

Page 158: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 54 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0631

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0632

Impo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0633

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0634

Expo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0635

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0636

Posi

tive

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

0637

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0638

Neg

ativ

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

Cou

rier

VA

0639

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

063A

Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

063B

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

063C

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

063D

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

063E

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

063F

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0640

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0641

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0700

7-D

AY

MA

XIM

UM

DEM

AN

DS

0701

DA

Y 1

MA

X D

EMA

ND

0702

Impo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

0703

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0704

Expo

rt Re

al P

ower

Cou

rier P

ower

0705

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

Page 159: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 55 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0706

Impo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0707

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0708

Expo

rt Re

activ

e Po

wer

Cou

rier v

ar

0709

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

070A

Posi

tive

App

aren

t Pow

erC

ourie

r VA

070B

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

070C

Neg

ativ

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

Cou

rier

VA

070D

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

070E

Pow

er F

acto

rC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

070F

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0710

IaC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0711

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0712

IbC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0713

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0714

IcC

ourie

r Cur

rent

0715

Tim

e St

amp

IEC

870

Tim

e &

Dat

e

0716

DA

Y 2

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

07XX

DA

Y 3

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

07XX

DA

Y 4

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

07XX

DA

Y 5

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

07XX

DA

Y 6

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

07XX

DA

Y 7

MA

X D

EMA

ND

SAM

E A

S D

AY

1

0800

TARI

FF M

ETER

Page 160: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 56 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0801

Act

ive

Rate

Reg

iste

rsBi

nary

Fla

gs (8

)1

Rate

Reg

iste

r 1 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

2Ra

te R

egis

ter 2

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

4Ra

te R

egis

ter 3

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

8Ra

te R

egis

ter 4

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

16Ra

te R

egis

ter 5

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

32Ra

te R

egis

ter 6

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

64Ra

te R

egis

ter 7

Act

ive

(bit-

mas

k)

128

Rate

Reg

iste

r 8 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

0802

Tarif

f Set

tings

Sta

tus

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1D

uplic

ate

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

s

2D

uplic

ate

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3Sw

itch

to In

valid

Sea

son

4Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

s In

Sea

son

>48

0803

Rate

1U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0804

Rate

2U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0805

Rate

3U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0806

Rate

4U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0807

Rate

5U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0808

Rate

6U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0809

Rate

7U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

080A

Rate

8U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

0900

TOTA

L H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

0901

Van

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

Page 161: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 57 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0902

Vbn

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0903

Vcn

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0904

Vab

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0905

Vbc

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0906

Vca

THD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0907

Ia T

HD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0908

Ib T

HD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0909

Ic T

HD

Cou

rier

Perc

enta

ge

0A00

PHA

SE V

OLT

AG

E H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

0A01

VA H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

0A02

2nd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A03

3rd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A04

4th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A05

5th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A06

6th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A07

7th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A08

8th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A09

9th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A0A

10th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A0B

11th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A0C

12th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A0D

13th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A0E

14th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

Page 162: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 58 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0A0F

15th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0A10

VB H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

SAM

E A

S VA

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0AXX

VC H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

SAM

E A

S VA

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0B00

LINE

VOLT

AG

E H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

0B01

VAB

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0B02

2nd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B03

3rd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B04

4th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B05

5th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B06

6th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B07

7th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B08

8th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B09

9th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0A

10th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0B

11th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0C

12th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0D

13th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0E

14th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B0F

15th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0B10

VBC

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TASA

ME

AS

VAB

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0BXX

VCA

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TASA

ME

AS

VAB

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0C00

PHA

SE C

URR

ENT

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

Page 163: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 59 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

0C01

IA H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

0C02

2nd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C03

3rd

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C04

4th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C05

5th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C06

6th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C07

7th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C08

8th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C09

9th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0A

10th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0B

11th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0C

12th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0D

13th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0E

14th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C0F

15th

Har

mon

icC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

tage

0C10

IB H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

SAM

E A

S IA

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0CXX

IC H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

SAM

E A

S IA

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

1000

VIEW

REC

ORD

S

1001

No

of R

ecor

dsU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

11,

2 A

larm

Rec

ords

.

1002

Reco

rd N

umbe

rU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

1003

Tim

e St

amp

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

Page 164: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 60 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

1004

ALA

RM E

VEN

T (d

epen

ds o

n Ev

ent T

ype)

Inde

xed

Stin

g0

Wat

chdo

g Ti

me-

Out

Res

et

1Se

rial C

omm

unic

atio

n C

ontro

ller C

hann

el A

Tes

t 1 F

ail

2Se

rial C

omm

unic

atio

n C

ontro

ller C

hann

el A

Tes

t 2 F

ail

3Se

rial C

omm

unic

atio

n C

ontro

ller C

hann

el B

Tes

t 1 F

ail

4Se

rial C

omm

unic

atio

n C

ontro

ller C

hann

el B

Tes

t 2 F

ail

5EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Im

med

iate

Set

tings

6EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Sys

tem

Mod

e Se

tting

s

7EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Dis

t Rec

Set

tings

8EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Com

ms

Setti

ngs

9EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Dem

and

Setti

ngs

10EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ana

logu

e O

/P s

ettin

gs

11EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Rel

ay O

/P S

ettin

gs

12EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Opt

o I/

P Se

tting

s

13EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Set

poin

t Gp

1 Se

tting

s

14EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Set

poin

t Gp

2 Se

tting

s

15EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Set

poin

t Gp

3 Se

tting

s

16EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Set

poin

t Gp

4 Se

tting

s

17EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Tar

iff S

ettin

gs

18EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Met

erin

g D

ata

19EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Eve

nt R

ecor

ds

20EE

PRO

M E

rror

: LED

Sta

tus

21Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck Is

Inva

lid

22Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck Is

Inac

cura

te

23EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ana

logu

e O

/P P

ort F

ail

Page 165: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 61 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

24EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Con

figur

atio

n Se

tting

s

25EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Cal

ibra

tion

Valu

es

26Fr

eque

ncy

Trac

king

Fai

l

27En

ter W

avef

orm

Cap

ture

28Fr

eque

ncy

Trac

king

Res

tore

d

29Ex

it W

avef

orm

Cap

ture

30Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck S

et

31Pa

ssw

ord

(Lev

el 0

) acc

ess

32Pa

ssw

ord

(Lev

el 1

) acc

ess

33Pa

ssw

ord

(Lev

el 2

) acc

ess

1005

OU

TPU

T C

ON

TAC

T C

HA

NG

EBi

nary

Fla

gs (4

)1

Out

put 1

(bitm

ap)

2O

utpu

t 2 (b

itmap

)

4O

utpu

t 3 (b

itmap

)

8O

utpu

t 4 (b

itmap

)

1006

LOG

IC IN

PUT

CH

AN

GE

Bina

ry F

lags

(2)

1In

put 1

(bitm

ap)

2In

put 2

(bitm

ap)

1007

SETP

OIN

T EV

ENT

1008

Gro

upIn

dexe

d St

ring

0In

valid

Gro

up

1Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

1

2Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

2

3Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

3

4Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

4

1009

Elem

ent

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Inva

lid E

lem

ent

1El

emen

t 1

Page 166: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 62 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

2El

emen

t 2

3El

emen

t 3

4El

emen

t 4

5El

emen

t 5

6El

emen

t 6

7El

emen

t 7

8El

emen

t 8

100A

Para

met

erIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

o In

put

1Fr

eque

ncy

2To

tal R

eal P

ower

3To

tal R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6Im

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

7Ex

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

8Im

port

Tota

l VA

r Dem

and

9Ex

port

Tota

l VA

r Dem

and

10Po

sitiv

e To

tal V

A D

eman

d

11N

egat

ive

Tota

l VA

Dem

and

12To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor D

eman

d

13Ia

14Ib

15Ic

16In

Page 167: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 63 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

17Ia

Dem

and

18Ib

Dem

and

19Ic

Dem

and

20Ia

TH

D

21Ib

TH

D

22Ic

TH

D

23IN

PS

24Va

n

25Vb

n

26Vc

n

27Va

b

28Vb

c

29Vc

a

30Va

n TH

D

31Vb

n TH

D

32Vc

n TH

D

33Va

b TH

D

34Vb

c TH

D

35Vc

a TH

D

36VN

PS

37dc

100B

Valu

eC

ourie

r Res

erve

d

100C

Low

/ H

igh

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Low

Ala

rm

1H

igh

Ala

rm

Page 168: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 64 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

100D

Rese

t / T

ripIn

dexe

d St

ring

0A

larm

Res

et

1A

larm

Trip

100E

Cle

ar A

ll Ev

ent R

ecor

dsIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

o

1Ye

s - R

eset

s to

0

1100

DIS

TURB

AN

CE

REC

ORD

ER

1101

Reco

rder

Sta

tus

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Stop

ped

1Tr

igge

red

2Ru

nnin

g

1102

Dat

a So

urce

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

AD

C S

ampl

es

1103

Sam

ples

per

cyc

leIn

dexe

d St

ring

024

148

1104

Reco

rd C

onfig

urat

ion

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

1 Re

cord

, 36

Cyc

les

12

Reco

rd, 1

8 C

ycle

s

23

Reco

rd, 1

2 C

ycle

s

34

Reco

rd, 9

Cyc

les

01

Reco

rd, 7

2 C

ycle

s

12

Reco

rd, 3

6 C

ycle

s

23

Reco

rd, 2

4 C

ycle

s

34

Reco

rd, 1

8 C

ycle

s

1105

Post

Trig

ger

Cyc

le: 3

6U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(32)

1106

Setp

oint

Trig

ger

Bina

ry F

lags

(32)

2exp

0G

roup

1, E

lem

ent 1

Page 169: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 65 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

2 ex

p31

Gro

up 4

, Ele

men

t 8

1107

Opt

o In

put T

rigge

rBi

nary

Fla

gs (2

)2e

xp0

“Opt

o I/

P 1”

2exp

1“O

pto

I/P

2”

1108

Reco

rds

Stor

edU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

11,

2 A

larm

Rec

ords

.

1109

Trig

ger D

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

der

Inde

xedS

tring

0N

o

1Ye

s - R

eset

s to

0

110A

Cle

ar W

ave

Cap

ture

& D

istu

rb R

ecor

dsIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

o

1Ye

s - R

eset

s to

0

110B

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2000

CO

MM

S SE

TTIN

GS

2001

Mod

em C

ontro

lIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1En

able

d

2002

Mod

bus

Add

ress

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(16)

2003

Mod

bus

Baud

Rat

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

012

00

124

00

248

00

396

00

Page 170: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 66 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

419

200

2004

Mod

bus

Fram

ing

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

1 sta

rt, 8

dat

a, n

o pa

rity,

1 s

top

11

start,

8 d

ata,

eve

n pa

rity,

1 s

top

bit

21

start,

8 d

ata,

odd

par

ity, 1

sto

p bi

t

2005

Cou

rier A

ddre

ssU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger(1

6)

2006

IEC

870

Baud

Rat

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

012

00

124

00

248

00

396

00

419

200

2007

IEC

870

Fram

ing

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

11 b

it

110

bit

2008

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2100

DEM

AN

D C

ALC

ULA

TIO

N

2101

Func

tion

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Fixe

d W

indo

w

1Sl

idin

g W

indo

w

2Th

erm

al

2102

Dem

and

Subp

erio

ds (m

in)

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)M

inut

es

2103

Dem

and

Perio

d (s

ubpe

riods

)U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Num

ber o

f Sub

perio

ds

2104

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

Page 171: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 67 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2200

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UTS

2201

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UT

1

2202

Para

met

erIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1Fr

eque

ncy

2To

tal R

eal P

ower

3To

tal R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6Ia

7Ib

8Ic

9In

10Va

n

11Vb

n

12Vc

n

13Va

b

14Vb

c

15Vc

a

2203

Full

Scal

eC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

t%

2204

Slop

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

0Si

ngle

Page 172: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 68 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

1D

ual

2205

X-Br

eakp

oint

Cou

rier

Perc

ent

%

2206

Y-Br

eakp

oint

Cou

rier

Perc

ent

%

2207

Span

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

0 ...

10

mA

Uni

-dire

ctio

nal i

/p

10

... 2

0 m

A U

ni-d

irect

iona

l i/p

24

... 2

0 m

A U

ni-d

irect

iona

l i/p

30

... 1

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

/p

40

... 2

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

/p

54

... 2

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

/p

2208

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UT

2

22xx

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UT

3

22xx

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UT

4

22xx

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2300

RELA

Y O

UTP

UTS

2301

OU

TPU

T 1

2302

Ass

ignm

ent

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Dis

able

d

1Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

1

2Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

2

3Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

3

4Se

tpoi

nt G

roup

4

Page 173: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 69 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

5Pu

lsed

Impo

rt To

tal k

Wh

6Pu

lsed

Expo

rt To

tal k

Wh

7Pu

lsed

Impo

rt To

tal k

varh

8Pu

lsed

Expo

rt To

tal k

varh

9W

atch

dog

2303

Labe

lA

scii

Text

14 C

hara

cter

s - “

Rela

y O

/P 1

2304

Def

ault

Stat

eIn

dexe

d St

ring

0N

orm

ally

Ope

n

1N

orm

ally

Clo

sed

2305

OU

TPU

T 2

2309

OU

TPU

T 3

230D

OU

TPU

T 4

2311

PULS

ED O

UTP

UTS

2312

Impo

rt kW

h

2313

Pulse

Dur

atio

nIn

dexe

d St

ring

010

0ms

120

0ms

240

0ms

2314

Pulse

Rat

e (p

ph)

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)Pu

lses

per

hour

2315

Full

Scal

eC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

t%

2316

Expo

rt kW

h

231A

Impo

rt kv

arh

231E

Expo

rt kv

arh

2322

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

Page 174: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 70 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2400

OPT

O IN

PUTS

2401

INPU

T 1

2402

Ass

ignm

ent

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Dis

able

d

1D

eman

d Sy

nchr

onis

atio

n

2En

ergy

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

3D

eman

d an

d En

ergy

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

4Pu

lse C

ount

er

5C

lock

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

6Lo

gic

Leve

ls

2403

Labe

lA

scii

Text

14 C

hara

cter

s - “

Opt

o In

put 1

2404

INPU

T 2

2405

Ass

ignm

ent

Inde

xed

Strin

g

2406

Labe

lA

scii

Text

14 C

hara

cter

s - “

Opt

o In

put 2

2422

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2500

SETP

OIN

T G

ROU

P 1

2501

Del

ay (s

econ

ds)

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (3

2)Se

cond

s

2502

ELEM

ENT

1

2503

Para

met

erIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

Page 175: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 71 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

1Fr

eque

ncy

2To

tal R

eal P

ower

3To

tal R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6Im

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

7Ex

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

8Im

port

Tota

l var

Dem

and

9Ex

port

Tota

l var

Dem

and

10Po

sitiv

e To

tal V

A D

eman

d

11N

egat

ive

Tota

l VA

Dem

and

12To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor D

eman

d

13Ia

14Ib

15Ic

16In

17Ia

Dem

and

18Ib

Dem

and

19Ic

Dem

and

20Ia

TH

D

21Ib

TH

D

22Ic

TH

D

23IN

PS

24Va

n

Page 176: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 72 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

25Vb

n

26Vc

n

27Va

b

28Vb

c

29Vc

a

30Va

n TH

D

31Vb

n TH

D

32Vc

n TH

D

33Va

b TH

D

34Vb

c TH

D

35Vc

a TH

D

36VN

PS

37dc

2504

Hig

h Se

tC

ourie

r Pe

rcen

t

2505

Low

Set

Cou

rier

Perc

ent

2506

ELEM

ENT

2

250A

ELEM

ENT

3

250E

ELEM

ENT

4

2512

ELEM

ENT

5

2516

ELEM

ENT

6

251A

ELEM

ENT

7

251E

ELEM

ENT

8

2522

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

Page 177: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 73 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

2600

SETP

OIN

T G

ROU

P 2

2700

SETP

OIN

T G

ROU

P 3

2800

SETP

OIN

T G

ROU

P 4

3000

TARI

FF -

RATE

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS 1

- 12

3001

EVEN

T 1

3002

Act

ivat

ion

Day

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Dis

able

d

1 to

7M

onda

y...S

unda

y

3003

Act

ivat

ion

Hou

rU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Hou

r

3004

Act

ivat

ion

Min

ute

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)M

inut

e

3005

Act

ive

Rate

sBi

nary

Fla

gs (8

)1

Rate

Reg

iste

r 0

2Ra

te R

egis

ter 1

4Ra

te R

egis

ter 2

8Ra

te R

egis

ter 3

16Ra

te R

egis

ter 4

32Ra

te R

egis

ter 5

64Ra

te R

egis

ter 6

Page 178: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 74 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

128

Rate

Reg

iste

r 7

3006

EVEN

T 2

300B

EVEN

T 3

3010

EVEN

T 4

3015

EVEN

T 5

301A

EVEN

T 6

301F

EVEN

T 7

3024

EVEN

T 8

3029

EVEN

T 9

302E

EVEN

T 10

3033

EVEN

T 11

3038

EVEN

T 12

3100

TARI

FF -

RATE

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS 1

3 - 2

4

3101

EVEN

T 13

3106

EVEN

T 14

310B

EVEN

T 15

3110

EVEN

T 16

3115

EVEN

T 17

311A

EVEN

T 18

311F

EVEN

T 19

3124

EVEN

T 20

3129

EVEN

T 21

312E

EVEN

T 22

Page 179: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 75 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

3133

EVEN

T 23

3138

EVEN

T 24

3200

TARI

FF -

RATE

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS 2

5 - 3

6

3201

EVEN

T 25

3206

EVEN

T 26

320B

EVEN

T 27

3210

EVEN

T 28

3215

EVEN

T 29

321A

EVEN

T 30

321F

EVEN

T 31

3224

EVEN

T 32

3229

EVEN

T 33

322E

EVEN

T 34

3233

EVEN

T 35

3238

EVEN

T 36

3300

TARI

FF -

RATE

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS 3

7 - 4

8

3301

EVEN

T 37

3306

EVEN

T 38

330B

EVEN

T 39

3310

EVEN

T 40

3315

EVEN

T 41

331A

EVEN

T 42

Page 180: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 76 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

331F

EVEN

T 43

3324

EVEN

T 44

3329

EVEN

T 45

332E

EVEN

T 46

3333

EVEN

T 47

3338

EVEN

T 48

3400

TARI

FF -

SEA

SON

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS

3401

EVEN

T 1

3402

Mon

thIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1 to

12

Janu

ary.

..Dec

embe

r

3403

Day

of M

onth

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

3404

New

Sea

son

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

3405

EVEN

T 2

3409

EVEN

T 3

340D

EVEN

T 4

3411

EVEN

T 5

3415

EVEN

T 6

3419

EVEN

T 7

341D

EVEN

T 8

3421

EVEN

T 9

3425

EVEN

T 10

3429

EVEN

T 11

342D

EVEN

T 12

Page 181: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 77 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

3500

TARI

FF -

SWIT

CH

ING

EVE

NTS

IN S

EASO

N

3501

Seas

on 1

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3502

Seas

on 2

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3503

Seas

on 3

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3504

Seas

on 4

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3505

Seas

on 5

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3506

Seas

on 6

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3507

Seas

on 7

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3508

Seas

on 8

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

3509

Seas

on 9

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)N

umbe

r of S

witc

hing

Eve

nts

350A

Seas

on 1

0U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Num

ber o

f Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

s

350B

Seas

on 1

1U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Num

ber o

f Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

s

350C

Seas

on 1

2U

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Num

ber o

f Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

s

3600

TARI

FF -

FIXE

D D

AY

EXC

LUSI

ON

S

3601

EXC

LUSI

ON

1

3602

Wee

kIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1 to

52

Wee

k N

umbe

r

3603

Day

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

to 6

Mon

day

to S

unda

y

3604

Seas

on T

o U

seU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

3605

Day

To

Use

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

to 6

Mon

day

to S

unda

y

3606

EXC

LUSI

ON

2

360B

EXC

LUSI

ON

3

Page 182: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 78 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

3610

EXC

LUSI

ON

4

3615

EXC

LUSI

ON

5

361A

EXC

LUSI

ON

6

361F

EXC

LUSI

ON

7

3624

EXC

LUSI

ON

8

3700

TARI

FF -

FIXE

D D

ATE

EXC

LUSI

ON

S

3701

EXC

LUSI

ON

1

3702

Mon

thIn

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1 to

12

Janu

ary

to D

ecem

ber

3703

Day

Of M

onth

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r (1

6)

3704

Seas

on T

o U

seU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

3705

Day

To

Use

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

to 6

Mon

day.

..Sun

day

3706

EXC

LUSI

ON

2

370B

EXC

LUSI

ON

3

3710

EXC

LUSI

ON

4

3715

EXC

LUSI

ON

5

371A

EXC

LUSI

ON

6

371F

EXC

LUSI

ON

7

3724

EXC

LUSI

ON

8

3800

TARI

FF R

ATE

REG

ISTE

R C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

N

3801

Rate

Reg

iste

r 1In

dexe

d St

ring

0D

isab

led

1Im

port

Wat

ts

Page 183: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 79 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

2Ex

port

Wat

ts

3Im

port

vars

4Ex

port

vars

3802

Rate

Reg

iste

r 2In

dexe

d St

ring

3803

Rate

Reg

iste

r 3In

dexe

d St

ring

3804

Rate

Reg

iste

r 4In

dexe

d St

ring

3805

Rate

Reg

iste

r 5In

dexe

d St

ring

3806

Rate

Reg

iste

r 6In

dexe

d St

ring

3807

Rate

Reg

iste

r 7In

dexe

d St

ring

3808

Rate

Reg

iste

r 8In

dexe

d St

ring

3900

TARI

FF -

SAVE

/ABO

RT F

AM

ILY S

ETTI

NG

S

3901

Save

Set

tings

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Setti

ngs

OK

1Se

tting

s C

hang

ed

2A

ccep

t New

Set

tings

3A

bort

Setti

ng C

hang

es

4000

DIS

TURB

AN

CE

REC

ORD

S

4001

Reco

rd N

umbe

rU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

4002

Trig

ger T

ime

IEC

Tim

e &

Dat

eD

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

d Ti

me

Stam

p

4003

Cha

nnel

s A

vaila

ble

Bina

ry F

lags

(10)

Ava

ilabl

e C

hann

els

in D

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

d

4004

Cha

nnel

Typ

eBi

nary

Fla

gs (1

0)C

hann

el T

ype

(Ana

logu

e /

Dig

ital)

Page 184: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 80 of 160

Col

Row

Men

u Te

xtD

ata

Type

Ind

Valu

esC

ell F

orm

at S

tring

with

def

ault

valu

e

4005

Cha

nnel

Offs

etC

ourie

r Res

erve

dD

ata

offs

et fo

r Ana

log

Cha

nnel

s

4006

Cha

nnel

Sca

ling

Cou

rier R

eser

ved

Ana

logu

e C

hann

el S

calin

g Fa

ctor

s

4010

Reco

rd L

engt

hSi

gned

Inte

ger (

16)

Num

ber o

f sam

ples

in R

ecor

d

4011

Trig

ger P

ositi

onSi

gned

Inte

ger (

16)

Sam

ple

num

ber w

hen

trigg

er o

ccur

red

4012

Tim

e Ba

seC

ourie

r Sec

onds

Rela

tive

to R

eal-T

ime

conv

ersi

on fa

ctor

4014

Upl

oad

Tim

er C

hann

elU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger

(16)

Tim

er C

hann

el d

ata

(Pac

ked

data

of [

Reco

rd L

engt

h] )

4020

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

1In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4021

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

2In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4022

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

3In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4023

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

4In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4024

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

5In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4025

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

6In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4026

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

7In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4027

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

8In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4028

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

9In

tege

r (1

6)C

hann

el d

ata

- (P

acke

d da

ta o

f [Re

cord

Len

gth]

)

4029

Upl

oad

Cha

nnel

10

Inte

ger

(16)

Cha

nnel

dat

a -

(Pac

ked

data

of [

Reco

rd L

engt

h] )

BF00

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N S

YSTE

M D

ATA

BF01

Dis

turb

ance

Rec

ord

Con

trol R

efer

ence

Men

u C

ell D

ata

BF02

Dis

turb

ance

Rec

ord

Extra

ctio

n Re

fere

nce

Men

u C

ell D

ata

BF03

Setti

ng T

rans

fer

Inde

xed

Strin

g0

Nor

mal

1Tr

ansf

er

BF04

Rese

t Dem

and

Tim

ers

Uns

igne

d In

tege

r(16)

BF05

Rese

t Eve

nt R

ecor

dsU

nsig

ned

Inte

ger(1

6)

Page 185: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 81 of 160

Section 3. MODBUS SCADA INFORMATION

3.1 ModBus protocol

The M300 implements a subset of the AEG Modicon ModBus RTU serialcommunications standard. ModBus is a single master multiple slave protocolsuitable for a multi-drop configuration as provided by the RS485 connection. Up to32 devices can be connected in this way.

3.2 Transactions

Communication will operate on a master-slave basis where only one device (themaster) can initiate transactions called ‘Requests’. The other devices (slaves)respond by supplying the requested data to the master. This is called the ‘Request -Response Cycle’.

Master to slave request

Device address Function Code nx8 bit data bytes Error check

Slave to master response

Device address Function Code nx8 bit data bytes Error check

3.2.1 Request

This master to slave transaction takes the form:

Device address: master addressing a slave

Function code eg. 03 asks the slave to read its registers and respond with theircontents.

Data bytes: tells the slave which register to start at and how many registers toread.

3.2.2 Response

This slave to master transaction takes the form:

Device address: to let the master know which slave is responding.

Function code: this is an echo of the request function code.

Data bytes: contains the data collected from the slave.

3.2.3 Request-response cycle example

Ιa 160 A

Data type is 32 bit float 43 20 00 00

Data held in ModBus addresses 30466 & 30467

3.2.3.1 Request frame

Starting Register Register Count

Address Function Code HI LO HI LO

01 03 04 66 00 02

Page 186: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 82 of 160

3.2.3.2 Response frame

Register Data

Address Function Code Byte Count HI LO HI LO

01 03 04 43 20 00 00

3.3 Framing

There are two types of message framing for the serial communications, ASCII orRTU. The Measurement Centre will only support RTU framing.

3.3.1 RTU framing

In RTU mode, messages start and end with a silent interval of at least 3.5 charactertimes (t1-t2-t3-t4 as shown below).

The advantage of this mode of framing is that it enables a greater characterdensity and a better data throughput. However, each message must be transmittedin a continuous stream. If a silent interval of more than 1.5 character times occursbefore completion of the frame, the device flushes the incomplete message andassumes that the next byte will be the address field of a new message.

Start Address Function Data CRC Check End

t1-t2-t3-t4 8 bits 8 bits n x 8 bits 16 bits t1-t2-t3-t4

The Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC) field is two bytes, containing a 16 bitbinary value. The CRC value is calculated by the transmitting device, whichappends the CRC to the message. The receiving device recalculates a CRC duringreceipt of the message, and compares the calculated value to the actual value itreceived in the CRC field. If the two values are not equal an error results. The CRC-16 calculation is an industry standard method used for error detection.

One frame is transmitted as 1 start bit, 8 data bits and 1 stop bits. If parity isselected then the frame is transmitted as 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit and 1stop bit.

Where n > 1 data is transmitted most significant byte first.

The CRC check is transmitted least significant byte first.

3.4 Supported functions and usage

Code Function References

03 to read from holding registers (4XXXX memory references)

04 to read from input registers (3XXXX memory references)

06 to write to a single holding register (4XXXX memory references)

16 to write to one or more holding registers (4XXXX memory references)

07 to read the exception status (alarm status, exceptional error, OOS)

08 to test communications (loop-back test)

Page 187: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 83 of 160

3.5 Register map

The ModBus register map consists of the following columns:

Code, Address, Contents, Data type, Indicator, Values, Conditional, Register type,Min, Max., Step, Passcode.

3.5.1 Code

Function codes as described above.

3.5.2 Address

16 bit register address starting from zero. Most ModBus master devices add40001 decimal to the actual address of the register.

3.5.3 Contents

Description of parameters assigned to registers.

3.5.4 Data type

UNSIGNED INTEGER range 0...65535 one 16 bit register

32 BIT IEEE FLOAT range ±1.2 x 10-38 to ±3.4 x 1038 two consecutive16 bit registers (most significant word occupies lowestaddressed register)

ASCII TEXT range 32...159 16 bit registers(two ASCII codes per register)

BINARY FLAGS Each bit of a 16 bit register can be used as a binary flag.

3.5.5 Indicator

Each bit of a 16 bit register can be either assigned as flags or filled with binarydata.

3.5.6 Values

Definitions of settings and data values.

3.5.7 Conditional

Lists any dependencies that exist between settings.

3.5.8 Register type

Declares whether a register is to be a read/write register (setting) or a readregister (data).

3.5.9 Min, Max., Step

The minimum and maximum numerical range and the incremental step size.

3.5.10 Passcode

There is a numerical passcode that allows save/abort settings and a factoryaccessible passcode constructed from the serial number that allows entry/exit toand from the calibration and configuration settings.

3.6 Error responses

When a slave detects an error other than a CRC error, a response will be sent tothe master. The most significant bit of the function code byte will be set to 1 (ie. thefunction code sent from the slave will be equal to the function code sent from themaster plus 128). The following byte will be an exception code indicating the typeof error that occurred.

Page 188: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 84 of 160

Transmissions received from the master with CRC errors will be ignored by theslave. The number of re-tries needs to be set in the master station software.

An example of an illegal request and the corresponding exception response isshown below. The request in this example is to read registers 0201H to 0209H. Ifthese addresses are not supported in the slave then the following occurs:

3.6.1 Request message

Starting Register Register Count

Address Function Code HI LO HI LO CRC

01 01 02 01 00 08 6D B4

3.6.2 Exception response message

Address Function Code Exception Code CRC

01 81 02 C1 91

3.7 Exception codes

Code Name Meaning

01 ILLEGAL FUNCTION The function code transmitted is not one of the

functions supported by the slave.

02 ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS The data address received in the request is not an

allowable value for the slave

03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE The value referenced in the data field transmitted bythe master is not within range for the selected dataaddress

06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY The slave is engaged in processing a long-durationprogram command. The master should re-transmit the

message later when the slave is free

3.8 Event and disturbance record extraction procedures

3.8.1 Event record extraction

To read an event record, the user must first check that there are event recordsstored in the unit. Register-30035 indicates the total number of event recordsstored. The unit can store up to 100 event records.

If there are event records, then set register 40571 to the record number of therecord the user wants to read. The limits of this register are dependent on thenumber of records currently stored in the unit. Record number 0 always displaysthe latest record, and 1 the next previous record and so on. If there are no recordsstored then register 40571 is not available.

After register 40571 has been set, the contents of the record are available in thefollowing registers:

Register 30036: Event type of the event.

There are four types of event records.

Page 189: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 85 of 160

If the event type is 0 - Alarm event, then the following registers contain the recordinformation:

Register 30037: Time stamp

Register 30043: Alarm type

Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.

If the event type is 1-Setpoint event, then the following registers contain the recordinformation:

Register 30037: Time stamp

Register 30046: Setpoint group

Register 30047: Setpoint element

Register 30046: Setpoint parameter

Register 30049 /30050: Setpoint value when the setpoint

exceeded alarm threshold.Register 30051: Setpoint level indicates whether the

setpoint is operated on the high or low alarm.

Register 30052: Setpoint trip/reset indicates whether therecord is logged during the setpoint trip or resetoperation.

Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.

If the event type is 2-Output contact change, then the following registers containthe record information:

Register 30044: The first 4 bits represent the status of the 4 relay outputs of theunit. Logical ‘1’ means that the output has ‘operated’. However, it does not meanthat the contact has ‘closed’ or ‘opened’. The actual state of the contacts dependson the setting ‘Relay # Default State’. The unit logs this type of event only when thesetting ‘Relay # Assignment’ is set to Setpoint or Watchdog.

Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.

If the event type is 3 - Opto input change, then the following registers contain therecord information:

Register 30045: The first 2 bits represent the status of the 2 opto inputs ofthe unit. Logical ‘1’ means the opto is ‘ON’. The unitlogs this type of events only when the setting ‘Opto Input# Configuration’ is set to Logic Level.

Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 - 30052 are notavailable.

3.8.2 Disturbance record extraction

To read a disturbance or a waveform analysis record, the user must first check thatthere are records available by reading the register 30054 which gives the totalnumber of records stored in the unit. The unit can store 1 waveform analysis recordand up to 4 disturbance records depending on the setting ‘Record Configuration’.

Page 190: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 86 of 160

Register 30054 gives the total number of records stored in the unit including bothdisturbance and waveform analysis records.

Then set the register 40567 to determine the type of record you want to read. ‘0’is to read waveform analysis record, and ‘1’ disturbance record. If the disturbancerecord is selected, the register 40568 must be set to select the record number.Record number 0 selects the latest, and 1 the previous one, and so on.

Register 40568 is not available if the waveform analysis is selected because thereis only one waveform analysis record.

Registers 30055 ... 30067 contain information about the record to be extracted.

Register 30055 ... 30060: Time stamp of the record

Register 30061: Available channels. The unit can stored up to 10channels of data. The total number of bits setindicates the number of channels stored in therecord.

Register 30062: Channel types. Indicates whether the valid channelshown in register 30061 is an analogue or digitalchannel.

Register 30063: Total number of samples stored per channel.

Register 30065: Number of samples of the selected page which is setvia register 40570.

Register 30066: Trigger position of the record.

Register 30067: Time base. A scaling factor used to convert thesamples of timer channel (channel 0) to a real timevalue in seconds.

Register 30068to30081: Individual scaling factor per analogue channel. It is

used to multiply with the samples read from thecorresponding analogue channel.

Register 30082to 30151: Analogue channel names.

Register 30152to 30389: Digital channel names.

The data of a record is extracted on a per channel basis. First select the channel tobe read by setting register 40569 to the correct channel number. Channel number0 is the timer channel which is excluded from bit value shown in register 30061,Available Channels (it is always there). Channel number 1 is bit-0 (right to left)shown in Available Channels and so on.

Each channel of data is extracted on per page basis. The total number of pages ofa selected channel is shown by register 30064. Each page can contain up to 64samples of data. To read a page of data, first set register 40570 to the requiredpage number, and from the value read back from register 30065 determine thenumber of samples available in the page. The availability of registers 30390 ...30453 depends on the number of samples of the selected page.

The information presented in the Disturbance/Waveform Analysis Menu issufficient to construct a record based on the COMTRADE format (bothCOMTRADE: 1991 and COMTRADE: 1996 specifications are supported).

Page 191: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 87 of 160

3.9 ModBus data types

Registers defined in the ModBus database will define data as one of the data typesdescribed in the following table:

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T1 Unsigned Value

Example: 12345 stored as 12345

T2 Unsigned Value, 1 decimal place

Example: 1234.5 stored as 12345

T3 Unsigned Value, 2 decimal places

Example: 123.45 stored as 12345

T4 Unsigned Value, 3 decimal places

Example: 12.345 stored as 12345

T5 2’s Compliment Signed Value

Example: -12345 stored as -12345

T6 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 1 decimal place

Example: -1234.5 stored as -12345

T7 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 2 decimal places

Example: -123.45 stored as -12345

T8 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 3 decimal places

Example: -12.345 stored as -12345

T9 Unsigned Long Value (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: 1234567890 stored as 1234567890

T10 Unsigned Long Value, 2 decimal place (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: 12345678.90 stored as 1234567890

T11 Unsigned Long Value, 3 decimal place (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: 1234567.890 stored as 1234567890

T12 Unsigned Long Value, 4 decimal places (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: 123456.7890 stored as 1234567890

Page 192: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 88 of 160

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T13 Unsigned Long Value, 5 decimal place (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: 12345.67890 stored as 1234567890

T14 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value (32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: -1234567890 stored as -1234567890

T15 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 2 decimal place(32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: -12345678.90 stored as -1234567890

T16 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 3 decimal place(32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: -1234567.890 stored as -1234567890

T17 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 4 decimal place(32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: -123456.7890 stored as -1234567890

T18 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 8 decimal place(32 bits)

High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits

Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits

Example: -12.34567890 stored as -1234567890

T19 System Time and Date

m7..m0 Milliseconds (0)

m15..m8

IV + I5..I0 Minutes (0-59) + Invalid Time (80hex)

H4..H0 Hours (0-23)

W2..W0 + D4..D0 Day of Week (1-7) + Day of month (1-31)

M3..M0 Month of year (1-12)

Y6..Y0 Year of century (00-99)

Page 193: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 89 of 160

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T20 Energy RegisterThe format of this data register will depend on whetherModBus display mode is selected to show primary orsecondary values.

T9 for Primary values. Base unit kWh.

T11 for Secondary values. Base unit Wh

T21 Power RegisterThe format of this data register will depend on whetherModBus Display Mode is selected to show primary orsecondary values.

T10 for Primary values. Base unit kW.

T13 for Secondary values. Base unit W.

T22 Text String (14 characters)

Two characters per 16 bit register.

T23 Text String (7 characters)

Two characters per 16 bit register.

T24 Text String (6 characters)

Two characters per 16 bit register.

T25 Text String (4 characters)

Two characters per 16 bit register.

T26 Setpoint Parameter

Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to current connection mode. Somesetting values although within range and step size, maybe invalid because the setpoint measurand is invisible.

T27 Output Parameter

Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to current connection mode. Somesetting values, although within range and step size,may be invalid because the output measurand isinvisible.

T28 Output Current Setting

Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to the output slope setting. Somesetting values, although within data range and stepsize, may be invalid due to the current slope setting.

T29 User Password

Data is written as a 4 character User password. Twocharacters per 16 bit register.

T30 Factory Password

Data is written as a 6 character Factory password. Twocharacters per 16 bit register.

Page 194: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 90 of 160

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T31 Calibration Commands

Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted ascalibration commands.

T32 Factory Commands

Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted asfactory commands.

T33 Operator Commands

Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted asoperator commands.

T34 Waveform Capture Commands

Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted aswaveform capture commands.

T35 Reset Commands

Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted as resetcommands.

T36 Event Record Index

Data is written as T1 and a corresponding event recordis obtained.

T37 Select Record Type

A record is accessed via reading samples stored ineach available channel, and the samples are accessedvia the sample pages. Data is written as T1 and thesample data page is refreshed with sample registersaccording to the page function.

T38 Time StampRead only data indicating the system time at theoccurrence of a particular event.

m7..m0 Milliseconds (0-59990)

m15..m8

IV + I5..I0 Minutes (0-59) + Invalid Time (80hex)

H4..H0 Hours (0-23)

W2..W0 + D4..D0 Day of Week (1-7) + Day of month (1-31)

M3..M0 Month of year (1-12)

Y6..Y0 Year of century (00-99)

T39 VoltageThe read only voltage value indicated will depend onwhether ModBus Display Mode is selected to showprimary or secondary values. Data will be scaled by VTin Primary mode. Data will be formatted as T10 (Baseunit volts) and T11 (Base unit volts) for the primary andsecondary display modes respectively.

Page 195: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 91 of 160

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T40 CurrentThe read only current value indicated will depend onwhether ModBus Display Mode is selected to showprimary or secondary values. Data will be scaled by CTin primary mode. Data will be formatted as T10(Baseunit amps) and T11 (Base unit amps) for the primaryand secondary display modes respectively.

T41 Sample Page RegisterThe read only sample page register will be determined,using other related settings as reference. The value willbe read as T5.

T42 Disturbance Record IndexThis setting will cause a disturbance record to berepresented in the Sample Page Registers. The valuewill be written and read as T1.

T43 Text String (20 characters)Two characters per 16 bit register.

T44 Number Of Event RecordsThe read only value will be determined from the eventrecorder data. The value will be read as T1.

T45 Number Of Disturbance RecordsThe read only value will be determined from thedisturbance recorder data. The value will be read asT1.

T46 Disturbance Recorder StatusThe read only value will be determined from thedisturbance recorder data. The value will be read asT1.

T47 Active Rate RegistersThe read only value will be determined from the rateregister data. The value will be read as T1.

T48 Number of Samples in Sample PageThe read only value will be determined from thecurrently selected disturbance record or waveformanalysis data. The value will be read as T1.

T49 Disturbance Record InformationThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record information. The value will be readas T1.

T50 Disturbance Record Scaling FactorsThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T18.

T51 Disturbance Record Channel NamesThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T22.

Page 196: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 92 of 160

Type Value /Bit Mask Description

T52 Disturbance Record Trigger TimeThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T38.

T53 Time Into PeriodThe read only value will be obtained from the Real TimeClock and Calendar. The value will be read as T1.

T54 Text String (15 characters)Two characters per 16 bit register.

T55 Disturbance Record Select Channel NumberThe total number of channels is determined by the bitsset in Available Channels plus one timer channel.Settings are from 0 up to the (total number of channels -1). Channel number 0 is always the timer channel,and channel 1 is the first bit set in the AvailableChannels starting from left to right. The value will bewritten and read as T1.

Page 197: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 93 of 160

3.1

0M

odBus

data

base

map

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

3000

1 m

emor

y re

f

SYST

EM D

ATA

0430

001

3000

8M

odel

Num

ber

“T54

”D

ata

0

0430

009

3001

2Se

rial N

umbe

r“T

23”

Dat

a0

0430

013

3001

9So

ftwar

e Re

f 1“T

22”

Dat

a0

0430

020

3002

6So

ftwar

e Re

f 2“T

22”

Dat

a0

0430

027

Fitte

d H

ardw

are

“ T1

”0

Basi

c0

1Ba

sic

+ 4

Rela

y O

utpu

ts +

2 O

pto

Inpu

ts

2Ba

sic

+ 4

Ana

logu

e O

utpu

ts +

d.c.

mill

ivol

t Inp

ut

3Ba

sic

+ 4

Rela

y O

utpu

ts +

2 O

pto

Inpu

ts +

4 A

nalo

gue

Out

puts

+ d.

c. m

illiv

olt I

nput

0430

028

Opt

o In

put S

tatu

s“

T1”

Bit-0

Opt

o 1

Stat

usD

ata

0

Bit-1

Opt

o 2

Stat

us

0430

029

Rela

y O

utpu

t Sta

tus

“ T1

”Bi

t-0Re

lay

1 St

atus

Dat

a0

Bit-1

Rela

y 2

Stat

us

Bit-2

Rela

y 3

Stat

us

Bit-3

Rela

y 4

Stat

us

0430

030

3003

1A

larm

Sta

tus

“ T9

”Bi

t-0W

atch

dog

Tim

eout

Tes

t Fai

lD

ata

0

Bit-1

Com

ms

Cha

nnel

A T

est 1

Fai

l

Bit-2

Com

ms

Cha

nnel

A T

est 2

Fai

l

Bit-3

Com

ms

Cha

nnel

B T

est 1

Fai

l

Bit-4

Com

ms

Cha

nnel

B T

est 2

Fai

l

Bit-5

EEPR

OM

Err

or: I

mm

edia

te s

ettin

gs

Bit-6

EEPR

OM

Err

or: S

yste

m M

odes

set

tings

Bit-7

EEPR

OM

Err

or: D

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

der s

ettin

gs

Bit-8

EEPR

OM

Err

or: C

omm

unic

atio

ns s

ettin

gs

Page 198: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 94 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Bit-9

EEPR

OM

Err

or: D

eman

d se

tting

s

Bit-1

0EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t set

tings

Bit-1

1EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Rel

ay O

utpu

t set

tings

Bit-1

2EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Opt

o In

put s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

3EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

1 s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

4EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

2 s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

5EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

3 s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

6EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

4 s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

7EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Tar

iff s

ettin

gs

Bit-1

8EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Met

erin

g D

ata

Bit-1

9EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Eve

nt R

ecor

ds

Bit-2

0EE

PRO

M E

rror

: LED

Sta

tus

Bit-2

1Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck Is

Inva

lid

Bit-2

2Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck Is

Inac

cura

te

Bit-2

3A

nalo

gue

Out

put S

eria

l Por

t Fai

l

0430

032

3003

3Se

tpoi

nt S

tatu

s“

T9”

Bit-0

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 1D

ata

0

Bit-1

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 2

Bit-2

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 3

Bit-3

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 4

Bit-4

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 5

Bit-5

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 6

Bit-6

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 7

Bit-7

Gro

up 1

Set

poin

t 8

Bit-8

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 1

Bit-9

Gro

up 2

Set

poin

t 2

Bit-1

0G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 3

Page 199: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 95 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Bit-1

1G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 4

Bit-1

2G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 5

Bit-1

3G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 6

Bit-1

4G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 7

Bit-1

5G

roup

2 S

etpo

int 8

Bit-1

6G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 1

Bit-1

7G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 2

Bit-1

8G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 3

Bit-1

9G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 4

Bit-2

0G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 5

Bit-2

1G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 6

Bit-2

2G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 7

Bit-2

3G

roup

3 S

etpo

int 8

Bit-2

4G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 1

Bit-2

5G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 2

Bit-2

6G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 3

Bit-2

7G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 4

Bit-2

8G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 5

Bit-2

9G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 6

Bit-3

0G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 7

Bit-3

1G

roup

4 S

etpo

int 8

0430

034

Act

ive

Acc

ess

Leve

l“

T1”

Dat

a0

EVEN

T RE

CO

RDS

0430

035

Num

ber o

f Eve

nt re

cord

s“T

44”

11.

..100

Ala

rm R

ecor

dsD

ata

0

Page 200: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 96 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Even

t

0430

036

Even

t Typ

e“

T1”

0A

larm

eve

ntD

ata

0

1Se

tpoi

nt e

vent

2O

utpu

t con

tact

cha

nge

3O

pto

inpu

t cha

nge

0430

037

3004

2C

alen

dar C

lock

Tim

e St

amp

“T38

”IE

C fo

rmat

Dat

a0

0430

043

Ala

rm E

lem

ent E

vent

(dep

ends

on

Even

t Typ

e)“

T1”

0W

atch

dog

Tim

eout

Tes

t Fai

lDat

a0

1C

omm

s C

hann

el A

Tes

t 1 F

ail

2C

omm

s C

hann

el A

Tes

t 2 F

ail

3C

omm

s C

hann

el B

Tes

t 1 F

ail

4C

omm

s C

hann

el B

Tes

t 2 F

ail

5EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Im

med

iate

set

tings

6EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Sys

tem

Mod

es s

ettin

gs

7EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Dis

turb

ance

Rec

orde

r set

tings

8EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Com

mun

icat

ions

set

tings

9EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Dem

and

setti

ngs

10EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t set

tings

11EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Rel

ay O

utpu

t set

tings

12EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Opt

o In

put s

ettin

gs

13EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

1 s

ettin

gs

14EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

2 s

ettin

gs

15EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

3 s

ettin

gs

16EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Ala

rm G

roup

4 s

ettin

gs

17EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Tar

iff s

ettin

gs

18EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Met

erin

g D

ata

19EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Eve

nt R

ecor

ds

Page 201: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 97 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

20EE

PRO

M E

rror

: LED

Sta

tus

21Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck Is

Inva

lid

22Re

al T

time

Clo

ck In

accu

rate

23A

nalo

gue

Out

put S

eria

l Por

t Fai

l

24EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Con

figur

atio

n se

tting

s

25EE

PRO

M E

rror

: Cal

ibra

tion

valu

es

26Fr

eque

ncy

Trac

king

Fai

l

27En

ter D

etai

led

Wav

efor

m C

aptu

re M

ode

28Fr

eque

ncy

Trac

king

Res

tore

d

29Ex

it W

avef

orm

Cap

ture

Mod

e

30Re

al T

ime

Clo

ck S

et

31Lo

cal A

cces

s Le

vel 0

Set

32Lo

cal A

cces

s Le

vel 1

Set

33Lo

cal A

cces

s Le

vel 2

Set

0430

044

Out

put C

onta

ct C

hang

e(d

epen

ds o

n Ev

ent T

ype)

“ T1

”1

Out

put 1

(bitm

ap)

Dat

a0

2O

utpu

t 2 (b

itmap

)

4O

utpu

t 3 (b

itmap

)

8O

utpu

t 4 (b

itmap

)

0430

045

Opt

o In

put C

hang

e(d

epen

ds o

n Ev

ent T

ype)

“ T1

”1

Inpu

t 1 (b

itmap

)0

2In

put 2

(bitm

ap)

0430

046

Setp

oint

Gro

up(d

epen

ds o

n Ev

ent T

ype)

“ T1

”1

Gro

up 1

Dat

a0

2G

roup

2

3G

roup

3

4G

roup

4

Page 202: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 98 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

047

Setp

oint

Ele

men

t“

T1”

1El

emen

t 1D

ata

0

2El

emen

t 2

3El

emen

t 3

4El

emen

t 4

5El

emen

t 5

6El

emen

t 6

7El

emen

t 7

8El

emen

t 8

0430

048

Setp

oint

Par

amet

er“

T1”

0N

o Pa

ram

eter

Dat

a0

1Fr

eque

ncy

2To

tal 3

Pha

se A

ctiv

e Po

wer

3To

tal 3

Pha

se R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal 3

Pha

se A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6Im

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

7Ex

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

8La

ggin

g To

tal V

ar D

eman

d

9Le

adin

g To

tal V

ar D

eman

d

10Po

sitiv

e To

tal V

A D

eman

d

11N

egat

ive

Tota

l VA

Dem

and

12To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor D

eman

d

13IA

14IB

15IC

16IN

Page 203: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 99 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

17IA

Dem

and

18IB

Dem

and

19IC

Dem

and

20IA

TH

D%

21IB

TH

D%

22IC

TH

D%

23In

ps

24VA

25VB

26VC

27VA

B

28VB

C

29VC

A

30VA

TH

D%

31VB

TH

D%

32VC

TH

D%

33VA

B TH

D%

34VB

C T

HD

%

35VC

A T

HD

%

36Vn

ps

37dc

Inpu

t

0430

049

3005

0Se

tpoi

nt V

alue

“T15

”D

ata

0

0430

051

Setp

oint

Lev

el“

T1”

0H

igh

Ala

rmD

ata

0

1Lo

w A

larm

0430

052

Setp

oint

Trip

/ R

eset

“ T1

”0

Ala

rm T

ripD

ata

0

1A

larm

Res

et

Page 204: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 100 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

DIS

TURB

AN

CE

REC

ORD

S

AN

D W

AVE

FORM

AN

ALY

SIS

0430

053

Dis

turb

ance

Rec

orde

r Sta

tus

“T46

”0

Stop

ped

Dat

a0

1Tr

igge

red

2Ru

nnin

g

0430

054

Num

ber o

f Dis

turb

ance

&W

avef

orm

Cap

ture

Rec

ords

“T45

”To

tal n

umbe

r of d

istu

rban

ce re

cord

s an

dw

avef

orm

cap

ture

recd

ord

store

dD

ata

0

REC

ORD

DA

TA

0430

055

3006

0Tr

igge

r Tim

e“T

52”

Tim

e an

d da

te s

tam

p in

IEC

870

form

atD

ata

0

0430

061

Ava

ilabl

e C

hann

els

“T49

”Bi

t set

indi

cate

s ch

anne

l is

avai

labl

e(1

=cha

nnel

1 ..

. 512

=cha

nnel

10)

Dat

a0

0430

062

Cha

nnel

Typ

es“T

49”

Bit s

et in

dica

tes

chan

nel i

s an

alog

ue,

rese

t ind

icat

es c

hann

el is

dig

ital

Dat

a0

0430

063

Reco

rd L

engt

h“T

49”

Num

ber o

f sam

ples

sto

red

in a

cha

nnel

.D

ata

0

0430

064

Num

ber o

f Sam

ple

Page

s“

T1”

Num

ber o

f sam

ple

page

s of

the

Sele

ct C

hann

el N

umbe

rD

ata

0430

065

Num

ber o

f Sam

ples

inSa

mpl

e Pa

ge“T

48”

The

num

ber o

f sam

ples

of t

heSe

lect

Sam

ple

Page

Dat

a

0430

066

Trig

ger P

ositi

on“T

49”

Dat

a0

0430

067

Tim

e Ba

se“T

56”

The

scal

ing

fact

or o

f the

tim

er c

hann

el.

It is

50n

s.D

ata

0

Scal

ing

Fact

ors

Scal

ing

fact

or to

sca

le v

alue

s fo

r eac

han

alog

ue c

hann

el

0430

068

3006

9A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

0“T

50”

Dat

a0

0430

070

3007

1A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

1“T

50”

Dat

a0

Page 205: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 101 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

072

3007

3A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

2“T

50”

Dat

a0

0430

074

3007

5A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

3“T

50”

Dat

a0

0430

076

3007

7A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

4“T

50”

Dat

a0

0430

078

3007

9A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

5“T

50”

Dat

a0

0430

080

3008

1A

nalo

gue

Cha

nnel

6“T

50”

Dat

a0

Cha

nnel

Nam

es

0430

082

3008

8C

hann

el 1

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

089

3009

5C

hann

el 2

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

096

3010

2C

hann

el 3

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

103

3010

9C

hann

el 4

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

110

3011

6C

hann

el 5

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

117

3012

3C

hann

el 6

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

124

3013

0C

hann

el 7

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

131

3013

7C

hann

el 8

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

138

3014

4C

hann

el 9

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

145

3015

1C

hann

el 1

0“T

51”

Dat

a0

Dig

ital C

hann

el N

ames

0430

152

3015

8D

igita

l Cha

nnel

0“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

159

3016

5D

igita

l Cha

nnel

1“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

166

3017

2D

igita

l Cha

nnel

2“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

173

3017

9D

igita

l Cha

nnel

3“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

180

3018

6D

igita

l Cha

nnel

4“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

187

3019

3D

igita

l Cha

nnel

5“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

194

3020

0D

igita

l Cha

nnel

6“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

201

3020

7D

igita

l Cha

nnel

7“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

208

3021

4D

igita

l Cha

nnel

8“T

51”

Dat

a0

0430

215

3022

1D

igita

l Cha

nnel

9“T

51”

Dat

a0

Page 206: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 102 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

222

3022

8D

igita

l Cha

nnel

10

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

229

3023

5D

igita

l Cha

nnel

11

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

236

3024

2D

igita

l Cha

nnel

12

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

243

3024

9D

igita

l Cha

nnel

13

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

250

3025

6D

igita

l Cha

nnel

14

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

257

3026

3D

igita

l Cha

nnel

15

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

264

3027

0D

igita

l Cha

nnel

16

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

271

3027

7D

igita

l Cha

nnel

17

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

278

3028

4D

igita

l Cha

nnel

18

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

285

3029

1D

igita

l Cha

nnel

19

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

292

3029

8D

igita

l Cha

nnel

20

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

299

3030

5D

igita

l Cha

nnel

21

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

306

3031

2D

igita

l Cha

nnel

22

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

313

3031

9D

igita

l Cha

nnel

23

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

320

3032

6D

igita

l Cha

nnel

24

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

327

3033

3D

igita

l Cha

nnel

25

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

334

3034

0D

igita

l Cha

nnel

26

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

341

3034

7D

igita

l Cha

nnel

27

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

348

3035

4D

igita

l Cha

nnel

28

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

355

3036

1D

igita

l Cha

nnel

29

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

362

3036

8D

igita

l Cha

nnel

30

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

369

3037

5D

igita

l Cha

nnel

31

“T51

”D

ata

0

0430

376

3038

2D

igita

l Cha

nnel

32

“T51

”D

ata

0

Page 207: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 103 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

383

3038

9D

igita

l Cha

nnel

33

“T51

”D

ata

0

Sam

ple

Page

0430

390

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 0

“T41

”Fi

rst d

istu

rban

ce s

ampl

e of

the

Sam

ple

Page

Dat

a0

0430

391

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 1

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

392

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 2

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

393

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 3

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

394

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 4

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

395

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 5

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

396

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 6

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

397

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 7

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

398

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 8

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

399

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 9

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

400

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 10

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

401

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 11

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

402

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 12

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

403

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 13

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

404

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 14

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

405

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 15

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

406

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 16

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

407

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 17

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

408

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 18

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

409

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 19

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

410

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 20

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

411

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 21

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

412

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 22

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

413

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 23

“T41

”D

ata

0

Page 208: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 104 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

414

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 24

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

415

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 25

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

416

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 26

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

417

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 27

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

418

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 28

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

419

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 29

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

420

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 30

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

421

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 31

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

422

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 32

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

423

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 33

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

424

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 34

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

425

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 35

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

426

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 36

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

427

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 37

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

428

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 38

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

429

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 39

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

430

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 40

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

431

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 41

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

432

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 42

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

433

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 43

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

434

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 44

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

435

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 45

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

436

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 46

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

437

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 47

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

438

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 48

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

439

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 49

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

440

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 50

“T41

”D

ata

0

Page 209: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 105 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

441

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 51

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

442

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 52

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

443

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 53

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

444

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 54

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

445

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 55

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

446

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 56

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

447

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 57

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

448

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 58

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

449

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 59

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

450

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 60

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

451

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 61

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

452

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 62

“T41

”D

ata

0

0430

453

Dis

turb

ance

Sam

ple

+ 63

“T41

”La

st D

istu

rban

ce S

ampl

e of

the

Sam

ple

Page

Dat

a0

MEA

SURE

MEN

TS

0430

454

3045

5VA

“T39

”D

ata

0

0430

456

3045

7VB

“T39

”D

ata

0

0430

458

3045

9VC

“T39

”D

ata

0

0430

460

3046

1VA

B“T

39”

Dat

a0

0430

462

3046

3VB

C“T

39”

Dat

a0

0430

464

3046

5VC

A“T

39”

Dat

a0

0430

466

3046

7IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

468

3046

9IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

Page 210: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 106 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

470

3047

1IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

472

3047

3IN

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

474

3047

5Fr

eque

ncy

“T11

”D

ata

0

0430

476

dc m

illiv

olt I

nput

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0430

477

3047

8Pu

lse C

ount

Opt

o 1

“ T9

”D

ata

0

0430

479

3048

0Pu

lse C

ount

Opt

o 2

“ T9

”D

ata

0

0430

481

V %

NPS

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0430

482

I %N

PS“

T3”

Dat

a0

POW

ER/E

NER

GY

MEA

SURE

MEN

TS

0430

483

3048

4A

Pha

se R

eal P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

485

3048

6B

Phas

e Re

al P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

487

3048

8C

Pha

se R

eal P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

489

3049

0A

Pha

se R

eact

ive

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

491

3049

2B

Phas

e Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

493

3049

4C

Pha

se R

eact

ive

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

495

3049

6A

Pha

se A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

497

3049

8B

Phas

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

499

3050

0C

Pha

se A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

501

3050

2To

tal R

eal P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

503

3050

4To

tal R

eact

ive

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

505

3050

6To

tal A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

507

Tota

l Pow

er F

acto

r“

T8”

Dat

a0

0430

508

3050

9Im

port

Real

Ene

rgy

(Wh)

“T20

”D

ata

0

0430

510

3051

1Ex

port

Real

Ene

rgy

(Wh)

“T20

”D

ata

0

0430

512

3051

3Im

port

Reac

tive

Ener

gy (v

arh)

“T20

”D

ata

0

Page 211: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 107 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

514

3051

5Ex

port

Reac

tive

Ener

gy (v

arh)

“T20

”D

ata

0

Dem

and

Valu

es

Dyn

amic

Dem

and

Valu

es

0430

516

Tim

e In

to P

erio

d (m

inut

es)

“T53

”D

ata

0

0430

517

3051

8Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

519

3052

0Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

521

3052

2La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

523

3052

4Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

525

3052

6Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

527

3052

8N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

529

Pow

er F

acto

r“

T8”

Dat

a0

0430

530

3053

1IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

532

3053

3IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

534

3053

5IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

Prev

ious

Per

iod

0430

536

3053

7Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

538

3053

9Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

540

3054

1La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

542

3054

3Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

544

3054

5Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

546

3054

7N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

548

Pow

er F

acto

r“

T8”

Dat

a0

0430

549

3055

0IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

551

3055

2IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

553

3055

4IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

Page 212: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 108 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Max

Dem

and

Sinc

e La

st Re

set

0430

555

3055

6Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

557

3056

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

563

3056

4Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

565

3057

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

571

3057

2La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

573

3057

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

579

3058

0Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

581

3058

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

587

3058

8Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

589

3059

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

595

3059

6N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

597

3060

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

603

3060

4IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

605

3061

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

611

3061

2IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

613

3061

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

619

3062

0IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

621

3062

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Pres

ent D

ay M

axim

um D

eman

d

0430

627

3062

8Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

629

3063

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

635

3063

6Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

637

3064

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

643

3064

4La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

Page 213: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 109 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

645

3065

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

651

3065

2Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

653

3065

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

659

3066

0Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

661

3066

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

667

3066

8N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

669

3067

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

675

3067

6IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

677

3068

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

683

3068

4IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

685

3069

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

691

3069

2IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

693

3069

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Day

1 M

ax D

eman

d

0430

699

3070

0Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

701

3070

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

707

3070

8Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

709

3071

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

715

3071

6La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

717

3072

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

723

3072

4Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

725

3073

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

731

3073

2Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

733

3073

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

739

3074

0N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

741

3074

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Page 214: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 110 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

747

3074

8IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

749

3075

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

755

3075

6IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

757

3076

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

763

3076

4IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

765

3077

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Day

2 M

ax D

eman

d

0430

771

3077

2Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

773

3077

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

779

3078

0Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

781

3078

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

787

3078

8La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

789

3079

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

795

3079

6Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

797

3080

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

803

3080

4Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

805

3081

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

811

3081

2N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

813

3081

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

819

3082

0IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

821

3082

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

827

3082

8IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

829

3083

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

835

3083

6IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

837

3084

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Page 215: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 111 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Day

3 M

ax D

eman

d

0430

843

3084

4Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

845

3085

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

851

3085

2Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

853

3085

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

859

3086

0La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

861

3086

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

867

3086

8Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

869

3087

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

875

3087

6Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

877

3088

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

883

3088

4N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

885

3089

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

891

3089

2IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

893

3089

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

899

3090

0IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

901

3090

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

907

3090

8IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

909

3091

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Day

4 M

ax D

eman

d

0430

915

3091

6Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

917

3092

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

923

3092

4Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

925

3093

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

931

3093

2La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

Page 216: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 112 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0430

933

3093

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

939

3094

0Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

941

3094

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

947

3094

8Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0430

949

3095

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

955

3095

6N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

957

3096

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

963

3096

4IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

965

3097

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

971

3097

2IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

973

3097

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

979

3098

0IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0430

981

3098

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Day

5 M

ax D

eman

d

0430

987

3098

8Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

989

3099

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0430

995

3099

6Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0430

997

3100

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

003

3100

4La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

005

3101

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

011

3101

2Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

013

3101

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

019

3102

0Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

021

3102

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

027

3102

8N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

029

3103

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Page 217: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 113 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

035

3103

6IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

037

3104

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

043

3104

4IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

045

3105

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

051

3105

2IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

053

3105

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Day

6 M

ax D

eman

d

0431

059

3106

0Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

061

3106

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

067

3106

8Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

069

3107

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

075

3107

6La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

077

3108

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

083

3108

4Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

085

3109

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

091

3109

2Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

093

3109

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

099

3110

0N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

101

3110

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

107

3110

8IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

109

3111

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

115

3111

6IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

117

3112

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

123

3112

4IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

125

3113

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

Page 218: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 114 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Day

7 M

ax D

eman

d

0431

131

3113

2Im

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

133

3113

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

139

3114

0Ex

port

Real

Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

141

3114

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

147

3114

8La

ggin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

149

3115

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

155

3115

6Le

adin

g Re

activ

e Po

wer

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

157

3116

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

163

3116

4Po

sitiv

e A

ppar

ent P

ower

“T21

”D

ata

0

0431

165

3117

0Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

171

3117

2N

egat

ive

App

aren

t Pow

er“T

21”

Dat

a0

0431

173

3117

8Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

179

3118

0IA

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

181

3118

6Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

187

3118

8IB

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

189

3119

4Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

0431

195

3119

6IC

“T40

”D

ata

0

0431

197

3120

2Ti

me

stam

p“T

38”

Dat

a0

TARI

FF R

ATE

REG

ISTE

RS

0431

203

Cur

rent

ly A

ctiv

e Ra

te R

egis

ters

“T47

”0

No

Rate

Reg

iste

rs A

ctiv

eD

ata

0

Bit-0

Rate

Reg

iste

r 1 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-1

Rate

Reg

iste

r 2 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-2

Rate

Reg

iste

r 3 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-3

Rate

Reg

iste

r 4 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Page 219: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 115 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Bit-4

Rate

Reg

iste

r 5 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-5

Rate

Reg

iste

r 6 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-6

Rate

Reg

iste

r 7 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

Bit-7

Rate

Reg

iste

r 8 A

ctiv

e (b

it-m

ask)

0431

204

Tarif

f Set

ting

Con

flict

s“

T1”

0N

o Se

tting

Con

flict

sD

ata

0

Bit-0

Dup

licat

e ra

te s

witc

hing

eve

nts

Bit-1

Dup

licat

e se

ason

sw

itchi

ng e

vent

s

Bit-2

Con

tain

s sw

itch

to a

n in

valid

sea

son

Bit-3

Num

ber o

f sw

itchi

ng e

vent

s in

sea

son

inco

rrec

tly s

peci

fied

0431

205

3120

6Ra

te R

egis

ter 1

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

207

3120

8Ra

te R

egis

ter 2

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

209

3121

0Ra

te R

egis

ter 3

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

211

3121

2Ra

te R

egis

ter 4

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

213

3121

4Ra

te R

egis

ter 5

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

215

3121

6Ra

te R

egis

ter 6

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

217

3121

8Ra

te R

egis

ter 7

“T20

”D

ata

0

0431

219

3122

0Ra

te R

egis

ter 8

“T20

”D

ata

0

THD

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

0431

221

VA T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

222

VB T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

223

VC T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

224

VAB

THD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

225

VBC

TH

D%

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

226

VCA

TH

D%

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

227

IA T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

228

IB T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

Page 220: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 116 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

229

IC T

HD

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

PHA

SE V

OLT

AG

E H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

VA H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

230

VA S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

231

VA T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

232

VA F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

233

VA F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

234

VA S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

235

VA S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

236

VA E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

237

VA N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

238

VA T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

239

VA E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

240

VA T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

241

VA T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

242

VA F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

243

VA F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

VB H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

244

VB S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

245

VB T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

246

VB F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

247

VB F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

248

VB S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

249

VB S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

Page 221: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 117 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

250

VB E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

251

VB N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

252

VB T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

253

VB E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

254

VB T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

255

VB T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

256

VB F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

257

VB F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

VC H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

258

VC S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

259

VC T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

260

VC F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

261

VC F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

262

VC S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

263

VC S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

264

VC E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

265

VC N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

266

VC T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

267

VC E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

268

VC T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

269

VC T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

270

VC F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

271

VC F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

Page 222: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 118 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

LINE

VOLT

AG

E H

ARM

ON

IC D

ATA

VAB

Har

mon

ic D

ata

0431

272

VAB

Seco

nd H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

273

VAB

Third

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

274

VAB

Four

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

275

VAB

Fifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

276

VAB

Sixt

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

277

VAB

Seve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

278

VAB

Eigt

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

279

VAB

Nin

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

280

VAB

Tent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

281

VAB

Elev

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

282

VAB

Twel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

283

VAB

Thirt

eent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

284

VAB

Four

teen

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

285

VAB

Fifte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

VBC

Har

mon

ic D

ata

0431

286

VBC

Sec

ond

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

287

VBC

Thi

rd H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

288

VBC

Fou

rth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

289

VBC

Fift

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

290

VBC

Six

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

291

VBC

Sev

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

292

VBC

Eig

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

293

VBC

Nin

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

294

VBC

Ten

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

Page 223: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 119 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

295

VBC

Ele

vent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

296

VBC

Tw

elfth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

297

VBC

Thi

rteen

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

298

VBC

Fou

rteen

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

299

VBC

Fift

eent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

VCA

Har

mon

ic D

ata

0431

300

VCA

Sec

ond

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

301

VCA

Thi

rd H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

302

VCA

Fou

rth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

303

VCA

Fift

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

304

VCA

Six

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

305

VCA

Sev

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

306

VCA

Eig

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

307

VCA

Nin

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

308

VCA

Ten

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

309

VCA

Ele

vent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

310

VCA

Tw

elfth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

311

VCA

Thi

rteen

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

312

VCA

Fou

rteen

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

313

VCA

Fift

eent

h H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

PHA

SE C

URR

ENT

HA

RMO

NIC

DA

TA

IA H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

314

IA S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

315

IA T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

Page 224: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 120 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

316

IA F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

317

IA F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

318

IA S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

319

IA S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

320

IA E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

321

IA N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

322

IA T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

323

IA E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

324

IA T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

325

IA T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

326

IA F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

327

IA F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

IB H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

328

IB S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

329

IB T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

330

IB F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

331

IB F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

332

IB S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

333

IB S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

334

IB E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

335

IB N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

336

IB T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

337

IB E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

338

IB T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

339

IB T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

Page 225: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 121 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0431

340

IB F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

341

IB F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

IC H

arm

onic

Dat

a

0431

342

IC S

econ

d H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

343

IC T

hird

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

344

IC F

ourth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

345

IC F

ifth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

346

IC S

ixth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

347

IC S

even

th H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

348

IC E

igth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

349

IC N

inth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

350

IC T

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

351

IC E

leve

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

352

IC T

wel

fth H

arm

onic

%“

T3”

Dat

a0

0431

353

IC T

hirte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

354

IC F

ourte

enth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

0431

355

IC F

iftee

nth

Har

mon

ic %

“ T3

”D

ata

0

INTE

RNA

L FA

CTO

RY D

ATA

SYST

EM T

IME

STA

MPS

0432

001

3200

6C

onfig

urat

ion

Tim

e St

amp

“T38

”Ti

me

and

date

sta

mp

in IE

C 8

70 fo

rmat

Dat

a0

0432

007

3201

2C

alib

ratio

n Ti

me

Stam

p“T

38”

Tim

e an

d da

te s

tam

p in

IEC

870

form

atD

ata

0

CA

LIBRA

TIO

N C

OEF

FIC

IEN

T

0432

013

3201

4Va

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

015

3201

6Ia

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

Page 226: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 122 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

0432

017

3201

8Vb

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

019

3202

0Ib

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

021

3202

2Vc

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

023

3202

4Ic

Cal

ibra

tion

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

025

3202

6Va

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

027

3202

8Ia

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

029

3203

0Vb

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

031

3203

2Ib

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

033

3203

4Vc

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

035

3203

6Ic

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

037

3203

8A

nalo

gue

Out

put 1

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

039

3204

0A

nalo

gue

Out

put 2

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

041

3204

2A

nalo

gue

Out

put 3

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

043

3204

4A

nalo

gue

Out

put 4

Coe

ffici

ent

“T18

”D

ata

0

0432

045

3204

6D

C M

illiv

olt I

nput

Offs

etC

oeffi

cien

t“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

047

3204

8D

C M

illiv

olt I

nput

Ful

l Sca

leC

oeffi

cien

t“T

18”

Dat

a0

0432

049

3205

0D

C M

illiv

olt I

nput

Tem

pera

ture

Com

pens

atio

n“T

18”

Dat

a0

SYST

EM D

ATA

03,0

6,16

4000

1La

ngua

ge“

T1”

0En

glis

hSe

tting

03

12

1Fr

anca

is

2D

eutsc

h

Page 227: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 123 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

3Es

pano

l

03,0

6,16

4000

240

003

Use

r Pas

swor

d“T

29”

Pass

wor

d to

atte

mpt

use

r acc

ess

leve

l upg

rade

Setti

ng41

h5A

h1

0

03,0

6,16

4000

440

013

Des

crip

tion

“T43

”Se

tting

20h

7Eh

12

03,0

6,16

4001

440

023

Plan

t Ref

eren

ce“T

43”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4002

4Pa

ssw

ord

Con

trol

“ T1

”0

Men

u is

fully

pro

tect

edSe

tting

02

12

1Fu

ll ac

cess

up

to le

vel 1

use

r pas

swor

d

2Fu

ll ac

cess

up

to le

vel 2

use

r pas

swor

d

03,0

6,16

4002

540

026

Leve

l 1 -

Use

r Pas

swor

d“T

25”

Setti

ng41

h5A

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4002

740

028

Leve

l 2 -

Use

r Pas

swor

d“T

25”

Setti

ng41

h5A

h1

2

SYST

EM C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

N

03,0

6,16

4002

9C

omm

unic

atio

n Pr

otoc

ols

“ T1

”0

Cou

rier/

IEC

870

& M

odbu

s/RS

485

Setti

ng0

11

2

1M

odbu

s/RS

232

& C

ourie

r/KB

US

03,0

6,16

4003

0M

odbu

s D

ispl

ay M

ode

“ T1

”0

Seco

ndar

ySe

tting

01

12

1Pr

imar

y

03,0

6,16

4003

1LC

D B

ack

Light

“ T1

”0

Off

Setti

ng0

11

2

1O

n

Clo

ck a

nd C

alen

dar

03,0

6,16

4003

240

037

Tim

e an

d D

ate

“T19

”IE

C 8

70 T

ime/

Dat

e fo

rmat

Setti

ng

03,0

6,16

4003

8C

lock

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

“ T1

”0

Exte

rnal

syn

chro

nisa

tion

disa

bled

Setti

ng0

602

1Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

30 s

econ

d bo

unda

ry

2Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

1 m

inut

e bo

unda

ry

3Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

5 m

inut

e bo

unda

ry

4Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

10 m

inut

e bo

unda

ry

5Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

15 m

inut

e bo

unda

ry

Page 228: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 124 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

6Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

30 m

inut

ebo

unda

ry

7Sy

nchr

onis

e tim

e to

nea

rest

60 m

inut

ebo

unda

ry

03,0

6,16

4003

9M

axim

um C

lock

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

Inte

rval

“ T1

”0

Opt

ion

disa

bled

Setti

ng0

311

2

1 ..

31N

umbe

r of d

ays

allo

wed

bet

wee

n tim

esy

nchr

onis

atio

n ev

ents

SYST

EM M

OD

ES

03,0

6,16

4004

0C

onne

ctio

n M

ode

“ T1

”0

Sing

le P

hase

(L, N

)Se

tting

07

12

13

phas

e 4

wire

bal

ance

d (1

vol

ts, 1

cur

rent

)

23

phas

e 3

wire

bal

ance

d (3

vol

ts, 1

cur

rent

)

33

phas

e 3

wire

unb

alan

ced

(3 v

olts,

2 c

urre

nts)

43

phas

e 4

wire

unb

alan

ced

(2 v

olts,

3 c

urre

nts)

53

phas

e 4

wire

unb

alan

ced

(3 v

olts,

3 c

urre

nts)

62

phas

e 3

wire

sys

tem

(2 v

olts,

2 c

urre

nts)

73

phas

e 3

wire

bal

ance

d (2

vol

ts, 2

cur

rent

s)

03,0

6,16

4004

1Po

wer

Flo

w M

ode

“ T1

”0

Mod

e 1

Setti

ng0

31

2

1M

ode

2

2M

ode

3

3M

ode

4

03,0

6,16

4004

2C

T Pr

imar

y“

T1”

Am

psSe

tting

099

991

2

03,0

6,16

4004

3C

T Se

cond

ary

“ T4

”A

mps

Setti

ng10

0090

001

2

03,0

6,16

4004

440

045

VT P

rimar

y“

T9”

Setti

ng0

9999

991

2

03,0

6,16

4004

6VT

Sec

onda

ry“

T3”

Setti

ng10

050

000

12

Page 229: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 125 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

SYST

EM C

OM

MA

ND

S

03,0

6,16

4004

7Re

set C

omm

and

Regi

ster

“T35

”Bi

t-0Re

set E

nerg

y M

eter

Setti

ng1

255

1

Bit-1

Rese

t Dem

and

Bit-2

Rese

t Ene

rgy

Met

er a

nd D

eman

d

Bit-3

Rese

t Pul

se C

ount

s

Bit-4

Rese

t Loc

al L

EDs

Bit-5

Resto

re P

assw

ord

Prot

ectio

n

Bit-6

Rese

t Eve

nt R

ecor

ds

Bit-7

Rese

t Dis

turb

ance

Rec

ords

03,0

6,16

4004

8O

pera

tor C

omm

and

Regi

ster

“T33

”1

Save

Set

tings

Setti

ng1

22

2A

bort

Setti

ngs

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N S

ETTI

NG

S

03,0

6,16

4004

9M

odem

Con

trol L

ines

“ T1

”0

Dis

able

dSe

tting

01

12

1En

able

d

Cou

rier

03,0

6,16

4005

0C

ourie

r Add

ress

“ T1

”Se

tting

025

51

2

03,0

6,16

4005

1IE

C87

0 Fr

ame

“ T1

”0

FT1.

2, 1

1 bi

tsSe

tting

01

12

110

bits

03,0

6,16

4005

2Ba

ud R

ate

“ T1

”0

1200

bau

dSe

tting

04

12

124

00 b

aud

248

00 b

aud

396

00 b

aud

419

200

baud

Page 230: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 126 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Mod

bus

03,0

6,16

4005

3M

odbu

s A

ddre

ss“

T1”

Setti

ng1

247

12

03,0

6,16

4005

4Ba

ud R

ate

“ T1

”0

1200

bau

dSe

tting

04

12

124

00 b

aud

248

00 b

aud

396

00 b

aud

419

200

baud

03,0

6,16

4005

5Fr

amin

g“

T1”

01

start

bit,

8 da

ta b

its, n

o pa

rity,

2 s

top

bits

Setti

ng0

21

2

11

start

bit,

8 da

ta b

its, e

ven

parit

y, 1

sto

p bi

ts

21

start

bit,

8 da

ta b

its, o

dd p

arity

, 1 s

top

bits

DEM

AN

D C

ALC

ULA

TIO

N

03,0

6,16

4005

6D

eman

d fu

nctio

n“

T1”

0Fi

xed

win

dow

dem

and

calc

ulat

ion

Setti

ng0

21

2

1Sl

idin

g w

indo

w d

eman

d ca

lcul

atio

n

2Th

erm

al c

hara

cter

istic

dem

and

calc

ulat

ion

03,0

6,16

4005

7D

eman

d Su

b-Pe

riod

Slid

ing

Win

dow

“ T1

”D

urat

ion

of s

ub-p

erio

d sp

ecifi

ed in

min

utes

Setti

ng1

991

2

03,0

6,16

4005

8D

eman

d Pe

riod

Slid

ing

“ T1

”N

umbe

r of S

ub-In

terv

als

in a

Dem

and

Perio

dSe

tting

115

12

03,0

6,16

4005

9D

eman

d Pe

riod

Fixe

d“

T1”

Dur

atio

n of

per

iod

spec

ified

in m

inut

es(w

hen

not S

lidin

g W

indo

w)

Setti

ng1

991

2

AN

ALO

GU

E O

UTP

UTS

Out

put 1

03,0

6,16

4006

0O

utpu

t 1 P

aram

eter

“T27

”0

No

Para

met

erSe

tting

015

12

1Fr

eque

ncy

Page 231: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 127 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

2To

tal R

eal P

ower

3To

tal R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6IA

7IB

8IC

9IN

10VA

11VB

12VC

13VA

B

14VB

C

15VC

A

03,0

6,16

4006

1O

utpu

t 1 F

ull S

cale

%“

T2”

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4006

2O

utpu

t 1 S

lope

Set

ting

“ T1

”0

Sing

le S

lope

Setti

ng0

11

2

1D

ual S

lope

03,0

6,16

4006

3O

utpu

t 1 X

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4006

4O

utpu

t 1 Y

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4006

5O

utpu

t 1 C

urre

nt O

utpu

t“T

28”

00

...10

mA

Uni

-dire

ctio

nal i

nput

Setti

ng0

51

2

10

... 2

0 m

A U

ni-d

irect

iona

l inp

ut

24

... 2

0 m

A U

ni-d

irect

iona

l inp

ut

30

... 1

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

nput

40

... 2

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

nput

54

... 2

0 m

A B

i-dire

ctio

nal i

nput

Page 232: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 128 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Out

put 2

03,0

6,16

4006

6O

utpu

t 2 P

aram

eter

“T27

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

015

12

03,0

6,16

4006

7O

utpu

t 2 F

ull S

cale

%“

T2”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

2000

12

03,0

6,16

4006

8O

utpu

t 2 S

lope

Set

ting

“ T1

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

01

12

03,0

6,16

4006

9O

utpu

t 2 X

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4007

0O

utpu

t 2 Y

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4007

1O

utpu

t 2 C

urre

nt O

utpu

t“T

28”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

51

2

Out

put 3

03,0

6,16

4007

2O

utpu

t 3 P

aram

eter

“T27

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

015

12

03,0

6,16

4007

3O

utpu

t 3 F

ull S

cale

%“

T2”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

2000

12

03,0

6,16

4007

4O

utpu

t 3 S

lope

Set

ting

“ T1

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

01

12

03,0

6,16

4007

5O

utpu

t 3 X

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4007

6O

utpu

t 3 Y

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4007

7O

utpu

t 3 C

urre

nt O

utpu

t“T

28”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

51

2

Out

put 4

03,0

6,16

4007

8O

utpu

t 4 P

aram

eter

“T27

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

015

12

03,0

6,16

4007

9O

utpu

t 4 F

ull S

cale

%“

T2”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

2000

12

03,0

6,16

4008

0O

utpu

t 4 S

lope

Set

ting

“ T1

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

01

12

03,0

6,16

4008

1O

utpu

t 4 X

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4008

2O

utpu

t 4 Y

Bre

akpo

int %

“ T2

”se

e O

utpu

t 1Se

tting

010

001

2

03,0

6,16

4008

3O

utpu

t 4 C

urre

nt O

utpu

t“T

28”

see

Out

put 1

Setti

ng0

51

2

RELA

Y O

UTP

UTS

03,0

6,16

4008

4Re

lay

1 A

ssig

nmen

t“

T1”

0D

isab

led

Setti

ng0

91

2

1Se

tpoi

nt 1

2Se

tpoi

nt 2

Page 233: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 129 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

3Se

tpoi

nt 3

4Se

tpoi

nt 4

5Pu

lsed

Impo

rt kW

h

6Pu

lsed

Expo

rt kW

h

7Pu

lsed

Impo

rt kV

Arh

8Pu

lsed

Expo

rt kV

Arh

9W

atch

dog

03,0

6,16

4008

5Re

lay

2 A

ssig

nmen

t“

T1”

see

Rela

y 1

Ass

ignm

ent

Setti

ng0

91

2

03,0

6,16

4008

6Re

lay

3 A

ssig

nmen

t“

T1”

see

Rela

y 1

Ass

ignm

ent

Setti

ng0

91

2

03,0

6,16

4008

7Re

lay

4 A

ssig

nmen

t“

T1”

see

Rela

y 1

Ass

ignm

ent

Setti

ng0

91

2

03,0

6,16

4008

8Re

lay

1 D

efau

lt St

ate

“ T1

”0

Nor

mal

ly O

pen

Setti

ng0

11

2

1N

orm

ally

Clo

sed

03,0

6,16

4008

9Re

lay

2 D

efau

lt St

ate

“ T1

”se

e Re

lay

1 D

efau

lt St

ate

Setti

ng0

11

2

03,0

6,16

4009

0Re

lay

3 D

efau

lt St

ate

“ T1

”se

e Re

lay

1 D

efau

lt St

ate

Setti

ng0

11

2

03,0

6,16

4009

1Re

lay

4 D

efau

lt St

ate

“ T1

”se

e Re

lay

1 D

efau

lt St

ate

Setti

ng0

11

2

03,0

6,16

4009

240

098

Rela

y 1

Labe

l“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4009

940

105

Rela

y 2

Labe

l“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4010

640

112

Rela

y 3

Labe

l“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4011

340

119

Rela

y 4

Labe

l“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

PULS

ED O

UTP

UT

SETT

ING

S

Impo

rt W

atts

03,0

6,16

4012

0Im

port

Wat

ts Pu

lse D

urat

ion

“ T1

”0

100m

sSe

tting

02

12

120

0ms

240

0ms

Page 234: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 130 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4012

1Im

port

Wat

ts Pu

lse R

ate

“ T1

”Se

e no

tes

5,6

6000

8.12

10.0

60 fo

rde

pend

ence

of P

ulse

Rat

eSe

tting

140

001

2

03,0

6,16

4012

2Im

port

Wat

ts Fu

ll Sc

ale

“ T2

”Se

e no

tes

5,6

6000

8.12

10.0

60 fo

rde

pend

ence

of F

ull S

cale

Setti

ng10

2000

12

Expo

rt W

atts

03,0

6,16

4012

3Ex

port

Wat

ts Pu

lse D

urat

ion

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

02

12

03,0

6,16

4012

4Ex

port

Wat

ts Pu

lse R

ate

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

140

001

2

03,0

6,16

4012

5Ex

port

Wat

ts Fu

ll Sc

ale

“ T2

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

1020

001

2

Impo

rt va

rs

03,0

6,16

4012

6Im

port

vars

Pul

se D

urat

ion

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

02

12

03,0

6,16

4012

7Im

port

vars

Pul

se R

ate

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

140

001

2

03,0

6,16

4012

8Im

port

vars

Ful

l Sca

le“

T2”

see

Impo

rt W

atts

Setti

ng10

2000

12

Expo

rt va

rs

03,0

6,16

4012

9Ex

port

vars

Pul

se D

urat

ion

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

02

12

03,0

6,16

4013

0Ex

port

vars

Pul

se R

ate

“ T1

”se

e Im

port

Wat

tsSe

tting

140

001

2

03,0

6,16

4013

1Ex

port

vars

Ful

l Sca

le“

T2”

see

Impo

rt W

atts

Setti

ng10

2000

12

OPT

O IN

PUTS

03,0

6,16

4013

2O

pto

Inpu

t 1 C

onfig

urat

ion

“ T1

”0

Opt

o In

put D

isab

led

Setti

ng0

61

2

1D

eman

d Sy

nchr

onis

atio

n

2En

ergy

Syn

chro

nisa

tion

3En

ergy

& D

eman

d Sy

nchr

onis

atio

n

4Pu

lse C

ount

er

5C

lock

And

Cal

enda

r Syn

chro

nisa

tion

Page 235: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 131 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

6Lo

gic

Leve

l

03,0

6,16

4013

340

139

Opt

o In

put 1

Lab

el“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

03,0

6,16

4014

0O

pto

Inpu

t 2 C

onfig

urat

ion

“ T1

”Se

e O

pto

Inpu

t 1 C

onfig

urat

ion

Setti

ng0

61

2

03,0

6,16

4014

140

147

Opt

o In

put 2

Lab

el“T

22”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

2

SETP

OIN

T SE

TTIN

GS

Setp

oint

1

03,0

6,16

4014

8Se

tpoi

nt 1

Del

ay O

n/O

ff“

T1”

Setti

ng1

601

2

Elem

ent 1

03,0

6,16

4014

9Se

tpoi

nt 1

Firs

t Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

“T26

”0

No

Para

met

erSe

tting

037

12

1Fr

eque

ncy

2To

tal 3

Pha

se A

ctiv

e Po

wer

3To

tal 3

Pha

se R

eact

ive

Pow

er

4To

tal 3

Pha

se A

ppar

ent P

ower

5To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor

6Im

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

7Ex

port

Tota

l Wat

ts D

eman

d

8La

ggin

g To

tal V

ar D

eman

d

9Le

adin

g To

tal V

ar D

eman

d

10Po

sitiv

e To

tal V

A D

eman

d

11N

egat

ive

Tota

l VA

Dem

and

12To

tal P

ower

Fac

tor D

eman

d

13IA

14IB

15IC

16IN

Page 236: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 132 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

17IA

Dem

and

18IB

Dem

and

19IC

Dem

and

20IA

TH

D%

21IB

TH

D%

22IC

TH

D%

23In

ps

24VA

25VB

26VC

27VA

B

28VB

C

29VC

A

30VA

TH

D%

31VB

TH

D%

32VC

TH

D%

33VA

B TH

D%

34VB

C T

HD

%

35VC

A T

HD

%

36Vn

ps

37dc

Inpu

t

03,0

6,16

4015

0Se

tpoi

nt 1

Firs

t Hi S

etpo

int

Leve

l %“

T6”

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

n up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4015

1Se

tpoi

nt 1

Firs

t Lo

Setp

oint

Leve

l %“

T6”

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

n lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Page 237: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 133 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Elem

ent 2

03,0

6,16

4015

2Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sec

ond

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4015

3Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sec

ond

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

n L

evel

%“

T6”

upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4015

4Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sec

ond

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

” lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 3

03,0

6,16

4015

5Se

tpoi

nt 1

Thi

rd S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4015

6Se

tpoi

nt 1

Thi

rd H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4015

7Se

tpoi

nt 1

Thi

rd L

o Se

tpoi

nt(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 4

03,0

6,16

4015

8Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fou

rth S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4015

9Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fou

rth H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4016

0Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fou

rth L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Lev

el %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 5

03,0

6,16

4016

1Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fift

h Se

tpoi

ntPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4016

2Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fift

h H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4016

3Se

tpoi

nt 1

Fift

h Lo

Set

poin

t(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 6

03,0

6,16

4016

4Se

tpoi

nt 1

Six

th S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

Page 238: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 134 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4016

5Se

tpoi

nt 1

Six

th H

i(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Setp

oint

Lev

el %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4016

6Se

tpoi

nt 1

Six

th L

o(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Setp

oint

Lev

el %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 7

03,0

6,16

4016

7Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sev

enth

Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4016

8Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sev

enth

Hi

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4016

9Se

tpoi

nt 1

Sev

enth

Lo

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 8

03,0

6,16

4017

0Se

tpoi

nt 1

Eig

hth

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4017

1Se

tpoi

nt 1

Eig

hth

Hi

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4017

2Se

tpoi

nt 1

Eig

hth

Lo(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Setp

oint

Lev

el %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Setp

oint

2

03,0

6,16

4017

3Se

tpoi

nt 2

Del

ay O

n/O

ff“

T1”

Setti

ng1

601

2

Elem

ent 1

03,0

6,16

4017

4Se

tpoi

nt 2

Firs

t Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4017

5Se

tpoi

nt 2

Firs

t Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4017

6Se

tpoi

nt 2

Firs

t Lo

Setp

oint

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 2

03,0

6,16

4017

7Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sec

ond

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

Page 239: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 135 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4017

8Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sec

ond

Hi

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4017

9Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sec

ond

Loup

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 3

03,0

6,16

4018

0Se

tpoi

nt 2

Thi

rd S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4018

1Se

tpoi

nt 2

Thi

rd H

i(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Setp

oint

Lev

el %

“ T6

” u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4018

2Se

tpoi

nt 2

Thi

rd L

o(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Setp

oint

Lev

el %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 4

03,0

6,16

4018

3Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fou

rth S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4018

4Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fou

rth H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4018

5Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fou

rth L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 5

03,0

6,16

4018

6Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fift

h Se

tpoi

ntPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4018

7Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fift

h H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4018

8Se

tpoi

nt 2

Fift

h Lo

Set

poin

t(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 6

Page 240: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 136 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4018

9Se

tpoi

nt 2

Six

th S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4019

0Se

tpoi

nt 2

Six

th H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4019

1Se

tpoi

nt 2

Six

th L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 7

03,0

6,16

4019

2Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sev

enth

Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4019

3Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sev

enth

Hi

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4019

4Se

tpoi

nt 2

Sev

enth

Lo

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nSe

tpoi

nt L

evel

%“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 8

03,0

6,16

4019

5Se

tpoi

nt 2

Eig

hth

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4019

6Se

tpoi

nt 2

Eig

hth

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4019

7Se

tpoi

nt 2

Eig

hth

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Setp

oint

3

03,0

6,16

4019

8Se

tpoi

nt 3

Del

ay O

n/O

ff“

T1”

Setti

ng0

601

2

Elem

ent 1

03,0

6,16

4019

9Se

tpoi

nt 3

Firs

t Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4020

0Se

tpoi

nt 3

Firs

t Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4020

1Se

tpoi

nt 3

Firs

t Lo

Setp

oint

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 2

Page 241: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 137 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4020

2Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sec

ond

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4020

3Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sec

ond

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4020

4Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sec

ond

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 3

03,0

6,16

4020

5Se

tpoi

nt 3

Thi

rd S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4020

6Se

tpoi

nt 3

Thi

rd H

i Set

poin

tlo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4020

7Se

tpoi

nt 3

Thi

rd L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 4

03,0

6,16

4020

8Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fou

rth S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4020

9Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fou

rth H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4021

0Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fou

rth L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 5

03,0

6,16

4021

1Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fift

h Se

tpoi

ntPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4021

2Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fift

h H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4021

3Se

tpoi

nt 3

Fift

h Lo

Set

poin

t(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 6

03,0

6,16

4021

4Se

tpoi

nt 3

Six

th S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

Page 242: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 138 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4021

5Se

tpoi

nt 3

Six

th H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4021

6Se

tpoi

nt 3

Six

th L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 7

03,0

6,16

4021

7Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sev

enth

Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4021

8Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sev

enth

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4021

9Se

tpoi

nt 3

Sev

enth

Lo

Setp

oint

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 8

03,0

6,16

4022

0Se

tpoi

nt 3

Eig

hth

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4022

1Se

tpoi

nt 3

Eig

hth

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4022

2Se

tpoi

nt 3

Eig

hth

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Setp

oint

4

03,0

6,16

4022

3Se

tpoi

nt 4

Del

ay O

n/O

ff“

T1”

Setti

ng1

601

2

Elem

ent 1

03,0

6,16

4022

4Se

tpoi

nt 4

Firs

t Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4022

5Se

tpoi

nt 4

Firs

t Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4022

6Se

tpoi

nt 4

Firs

t Lo

Setp

oint

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 2

03,0

6,16

4022

7Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sec

ond

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

Page 243: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 139 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4022

8Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sec

ond

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4022

9Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sec

ond

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 3

03,0

6,16

4023

0Se

tpoi

nt 4

Thi

rd S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4023

1Se

tpoi

nt 4

Thi

rd H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4023

2Se

tpoi

nt 4

Thi

rd L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 4

03,0

6,16

4023

3Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fou

rth S

etpo

int

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4023

4Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fou

rth H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4023

5Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fou

rth L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 5

03,0

6,16

4023

6Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fift

h Se

tpoi

ntPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4023

7Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fift

h H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

03,0

6,16

4023

8Se

tpoi

nt 4

Fift

h Lo

Set

poin

t(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 6

03,0

6,16

4023

9Se

tpoi

nt 4

Six

th S

etpo

int

Par

amet

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4024

0Se

tpoi

nt 4

Six

th H

i Set

poin

t(lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

uppe

r lim

it of

Low

Set

;Se

tting

- -

-2

Page 244: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 140 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4024

1Se

tpoi

nt 4

Six

th L

o Se

tpoi

nt(u

pper

lim

it of

Low

Set

dep

ends

on

Leve

l %“

T6”

low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

Elem

ent 7

03,0

6,16

4024

2Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sev

enth

Set

poin

tPa

ram

eter

Gro

up“T

26”

see

Setp

oint

1 E

lem

ent 1

Setti

ng0

371

2

03,0

6,16

4024

3Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sev

enth

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4024

4Se

tpoi

nt 4

Sev

enth

Lo

Setp

oint

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

n l

Leve

l %“

T6”

ower

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

Elem

ent 8

03,0

6,16

4024

5Se

tpoi

nt 4

Eig

hth

Setp

oint

Para

met

er G

roup

“T26

”se

e Se

tpoi

nt 1

Ele

men

t 1Se

tting

037

12

03,0

6,16

4024

6Se

tpoi

nt 4

Eig

hth

Hi S

etpo

int

(low

er li

mit

of H

igh

Set d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”up

per l

imit

of L

ow S

et;

Setti

ng -

- -

2

03,0

6,16

4024

7Se

tpoi

nt 4

Eig

hth

Lo S

etpo

int

(upp

er li

mit

of L

ow S

et d

epen

ds o

nLe

vel %

“ T6

”lo

wer

lim

it of

Hig

h Se

t;Se

tting

- -

-2

TARI

FF S

TRU

CTU

RE

RATE

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4024

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

0In

activ

e sw

itchi

ng e

vent

Setti

ng0

71

2

1 ..

7M

onda

y ..

Frid

ay

03,0

6,16

4024

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

”H

our o

f the

sw

itchi

ng ti

me

Setti

ng0

231

2

03,0

6,16

4025

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

Min

utes

of t

he s

witc

hing

tim

eSe

tting

059

12

03,0

6,16

4025

1A

ctiv

e Ra

tes

“T57

”0

No

rate

regi

sters

are

act

ive

Setti

ng0

255

2

Bit-0

Rate

regi

ster 1

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-1

Rate

regi

ster 2

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-2

Rate

regi

ster 3

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-3

Rate

regi

ster 4

is a

ctiv

e

Page 245: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 141 of 160

ode

Add

ress

Con

tent

sD

ata

Ind

Valu

es /

Dep

ende

ncie

sRe

g. T

ype

Min

Max

Step

Pass

code

Bit-4

Rate

regi

ster 5

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-5

Rate

regi

ster 6

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-6

Rate

regi

ster 7

is a

ctiv

e

Bit-7

Rate

regi

ster 8

is a

ctiv

e

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

2Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4025

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4025

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4025

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4025

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

3Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4025

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4025

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4025

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4025

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

4Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4026

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4026

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4026

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4026

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

5Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4026

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4026

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4026

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4026

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

6Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4026

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

Page 246: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 142 of 160

ode

Add

ress

Con

tent

sD

ata

Ind

Valu

es /

Dep

ende

ncie

sRe

g. T

ype

Min

Max

Step

Pass

code

03,0

6,16

4026

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4027

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4027

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

7Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4027

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4027

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4027

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4027

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

8Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4027

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4027

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4027

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4027

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

9Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Rat

e Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4028

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4028

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4028

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4028

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

10

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4028

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4028

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4028

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4028

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

11

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4028

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4028

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

Page 247: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 143 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4029

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4029

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

12

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4029

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4029

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4029

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4029

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

13

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4029

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4029

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4029

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4029

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

14

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4030

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4030

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4030

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4030

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

15

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4030

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4030

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4030

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4030

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

16

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4030

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4030

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4031

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

Page 248: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 144 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4031

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

17

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4031

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4031

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4031

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4031

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

18

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4031

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4031

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4031

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4031

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

19

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4032

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4032

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4032

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4032

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

20

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4032

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4032

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4032

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4032

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

21

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4032

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4032

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4033

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4033

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Page 249: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 145 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

22

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4033

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4033

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4033

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4033

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

23

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4033

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4033

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4033

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4033

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

24

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4034

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4034

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4034

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4034

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

25

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4034

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4034

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4034

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4034

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

26

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4034

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4034

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4035

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4035

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

27

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4035

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

Page 250: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 146 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4035

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4035

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4035

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

28

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4035

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4035

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4035

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4035

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

29

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4036

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4036

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4036

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4036

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

30

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4036

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4036

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4036

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4036

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

31

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4036

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4036

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4037

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4037

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

32

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4037

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4037

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

Page 251: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 147 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4037

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4037

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

33

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4037

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4037

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4037

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4037

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

34

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4038

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4038

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4038

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4038

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

35

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4038

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4038

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4038

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4038

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

36

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4038

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4038

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4039

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4039

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

37

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4039

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4039

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

Page 252: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 148 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4039

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4039

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

38

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4039

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4039

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4039

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4039

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

39

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4040

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4040

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4040

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4040

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

40

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4040

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4040

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4040

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4040

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

41

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4040

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4040

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4041

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4041

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

42

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4041

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4041

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4041

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4041

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Page 253: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 149 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

43

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4041

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4041

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4041

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4041

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

44

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4042

0A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4042

1A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4042

2A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4042

3A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

45

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4042

4A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4042

5A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4042

6A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4042

7A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

46

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4042

8A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4042

9A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4043

0A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4043

1A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

47

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4043

2A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4043

3A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4043

4A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4043

5A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

Page 254: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 150 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Rate

Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

48

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4043

6A

ctiv

atio

n D

ay“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4043

7A

ctiv

atio

n H

our

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4043

8A

ctiv

atio

n M

inut

e“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4043

9A

ctiv

atio

n Ra

tes

“T57

SEA

SON

SW

ITC

HIN

G E

VEN

TS

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4044

0Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

”0

Dis

able

dSe

tting

012

12

1..1

2Ja

nuar

y to

Dec

embe

r

03,0

6,16

4044

1Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

Setti

ng1

311

2

03,0

6,16

4044

2N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Setti

ng1

121

2

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 2

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4044

3Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4044

4Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4044

5N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 3

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4044

6Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4044

7Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4044

8N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 4

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4044

9Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4045

0Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4045

1N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 5

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4045

2Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4045

3Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

Page 255: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 151 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4045

4N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 6

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4045

5Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4045

6Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4045

7N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 7

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4045

8Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4045

9Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4046

0N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 8

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4046

1Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4046

2Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4046

3N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 9

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as S

easo

n Sw

itchi

ng E

vent

1

03,0

6,16

4046

4Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4046

5Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4046

6N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 1

0Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Sea

son

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4046

7Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4046

8Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4046

9N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 1

1Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Sea

son

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4047

0Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4047

1Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4047

2N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Page 256: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 152 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Seas

on S

witc

hing

Eve

nt 1

2Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Sea

son

Switc

hing

Eve

nt 1

03,0

6,16

4047

3Sw

itchi

ng m

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4047

4Sw

itchi

ng d

ay o

f mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4047

5N

ew S

easo

n“

T1”

Switc

hing

Eve

nts

In S

easo

n

03,0

6,16

4047

6Se

ason

1“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4047

7Se

ason

2“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4047

8Se

ason

3“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4047

9Se

ason

4“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

0Se

ason

5“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

1Se

ason

6“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

2Se

ason

7“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

3Se

ason

8“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

4Se

ason

9“

T1”

Setti

ng0

481

2

03,0

6,16

4048

5Se

ason

10

“ T1

”Se

tting

048

12

03,0

6,16

4048

6Se

ason

11

“ T1

”Se

tting

048

12

03,0

6,16

4048

7Se

ason

12

“ T1

”Se

tting

048

12

FIXE

D D

AY

EXC

LUSI

ON

S

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4048

8Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

0Ex

clus

ion

not u

sed

Setti

ng0

521

2

1 ..

52W

eek

num

ber o

f yea

r

03,0

6,16

4048

9Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

”Se

tting

17

12

03,0

6,16

4049

0Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

”Se

tting

112

12

03,0

6,16

4049

1D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Setti

ng1

71

2

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

2Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4049

2Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

Page 257: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 153 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4049

3Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4049

4Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4049

5D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

3Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4049

6Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4049

7Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4049

8Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4049

9D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

4Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4050

0Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4050

1Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4050

2Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4050

3D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

5Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4050

4Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4050

5Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4050

6Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4050

7D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

6Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4050

8Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4050

9Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4051

0Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4051

1D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

7Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4051

2Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4051

3Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

Page 258: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 154 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4051

4Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4051

5D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ay E

xclu

sion

8Fi

eld

attri

bute

s ar

e as

Fix

ed D

ay E

xclu

sion

1

03,0

6,16

4051

6Ex

clus

ion

Wee

k“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4051

7Ex

clus

ion

Day

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4051

8Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4051

9D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

FIXE

D D

ATE

EXC

LUSI

ON

S

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 1

03,0

6,16

4052

0Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

0Ex

clus

ion

not u

sed

Setti

ng1

121

2

1 ..

12M

onth

of y

ear

03,0

6,16

4052

1Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

”Se

tting

131

12

03,0

6,16

4052

2Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

”Se

tting

112

12

03,0

6,16

4052

3D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Setti

ng1

71

2

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 2

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4052

4Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4052

5Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4052

6Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4052

7D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 3

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4052

8Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4052

9Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

0Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

1D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Page 259: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 155 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 4

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4053

2Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4053

3Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

4Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

5D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 5

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4053

6Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4053

7Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

8Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4053

9D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 6

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4054

0Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4054

1Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4054

2Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4054

3D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 7

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4054

4Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4054

5Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4054

6Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4054

7D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Fixe

d D

ate

Excl

usio

n 8

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as F

ixed

Dat

e Ex

clus

ion

1

03,0

6,16

4054

8Ex

clus

ion

Mon

th“

T1”

03,0

6,16

4054

9Ex

clus

ion

Day

Of M

onth

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4055

0Se

ason

To

Use

“ T1

03,0

6,16

4055

1D

ay T

o U

se“

T1”

Page 260: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 156 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

RATE

REG

ISTE

R C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

N

03,0

6,16

4055

2Ra

te re

giste

r 1 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Setti

ng0

31

2

0Im

port

Tota

l kW

h

1Ex

port

Tota

l kW

h

2Im

port

tota

l kVA

rh

3Ex

port

Tota

l kVA

rh

03,0

6,16

4055

3Ra

te re

giste

r 2 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

4Ra

te re

giste

r 3 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

5Ra

te re

giste

r 4 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

6Ra

te re

giste

r 5 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

7Ra

te re

giste

r 6 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

8Ra

te re

giste

r 7 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

03,0

6,16

4055

9Ra

te re

giste

r 8 d

ata

sour

ce“

T1”

Fiel

d at

tribu

tes

are

as R

ate

regi

ster

1 da

ta s

ourc

eSe

tting

41

2

DIS

TURB

AN

CE

REC

ORD

ER S

ETTI

NG

S

03,0

6,16

4056

0Sa

mpl

es p

er C

ycle

“ T1

”0

24 s

ampl

es to

be

store

d fo

r eac

h ch

anne

lin

a re

cord

Setti

ng0

11

2

148

sam

ples

to b

e sto

red

for e

ach

chan

nel

in a

reco

rd

03,0

6,16

4056

1Re

cord

Con

figur

atio

n“

T1”

01

distu

rban

ce re

cord

(36

or 7

2 cy

cles

,Se

tting

03

12

12

distu

rban

ce re

cord

(36

or 7

2 cy

cles

,

23

distu

rban

ce re

cord

(36

or 7

2 cy

cles

,

34

distu

rban

ce re

cord

(36

or 7

2 cy

cles

,

Page 261: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 157 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4056

2Po

st-tri

gger

cyc

les

“ T1

”N

umbe

r of s

ampl

e re

quire

d to

be

store

daf

ter t

rigge

r poi

ntSe

tting

0(n

ote

16)

12

03,0

6,16

4056

340

564

Setp

oint

Trig

ger

“T58

”0

Non

eSe

tting

02^

321

2

Setp

oint

1, e

lem

ent 1

... S

etpo

int 4

,el

emen

t 8 (b

it-m

ask)

03,0

6,16

4056

5O

pto

Inpu

t Trig

ger

“T57

”0

Non

eSe

tting

03

12

Opt

o in

put 1

... O

pto

inpu

t 2 (b

it-m

ask)

TRIG

GER

WA

VEFO

RM A

NA

LYSI

S A

ND

DIS

TURB

AN

CE

REC

ORD

ER C

OM

MA

ND

03,0

6,16

4056

6W

avef

orm

Cap

ture

/D

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

d C

omm

and

Regi

ster

“T34

”0

Off

Setti

ng0

31

1

1A

naly

se P

hase

A V

olta

ge a

nd C

urre

nt

2A

naly

se P

hase

B V

olta

ge a

nd C

urre

nt

3A

naly

se P

hase

C V

olta

ge a

nd C

urre

nt

4Tr

igge

r Dis

turb

ance

Rec

orde

r

REA

D D

ISTU

RBA

NC

E RE

CO

RDS

AN

D W

AVE

FORM

AN

ALY

SIS

03,0

6,16

4056

7Se

lect

Rec

ord

Type

“T37

”0

Wav

efor

m A

naly

sis

Setti

ng0

11

0

1D

istu

rban

ce R

ecor

der

03,0

6,16

4056

8Se

lect

Dis

turb

ance

Rec

ord

Num

ber

“T42

”0

New

est r

ecor

d to

be

extra

cted

Setti

ng0

31

0

1 2 3O

ldes

t rec

ord

to b

e ex

tract

ed

03,0

6,16

4056

9Se

lect

Cha

nnel

Num

ber

“T55

”0

Tim

er c

hann

elSe

tting

010

10

1Fi

rst c

hann

el s

et in

Ava

ilabl

e C

hann

el(le

ft to

righ

t) an

d so

on.

..

Page 262: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 158 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

03,0

6,16

4057

0Se

lect

Sam

ple

Page

“ T1

”W

avef

orm

ana

lysi

s or

dis

turb

ance

reco

rdsa

mpl

e pa

ge.

Setti

ng0

269

10

REA

D E

VEN

T RE

CO

RDS

03,0

6,16

4057

1Se

lect

Eve

nt R

ecor

d N

umbe

r“T

36”

Setti

ng0

991

0

AD

DIT

ION

AL

DA

TA IT

EMS

SIN

CE

ISSU

E G

03,0

6,16

4057

2Fr

eque

ncy

“ T1

”(T

his

data

item

to b

e pl

aced

und

erSy

stem

Dat

a se

ctio

n.)

Setti

ng50

6010

50

INTE

RNA

L FA

CTO

RY S

ETTI

NG

S

Syste

m D

ata

06,1

641

001

4100

3Fa

ctor

y Pa

ssw

ord

“T30

”Pa

ssw

ord

to a

ttem

pt fa

ctor

y ac

cess

leve

l upg

rade

Setti

ng41

h5A

h1

0

03,0

6,16

4100

441

007

Seria

l Num

ber

“T23

”Se

tting

20h

7Eh

1C

onfig

Mod

e

03,0

6,16

4100

841

015

Mod

el N

umbe

r“T

54”

Setti

ng20

h7E

h1

Con

fig M

ode

Syste

m C

omm

ands

06,1

641

016

Fact

ory

Com

man

d Re

giste

r“T

32”

1En

ter C

alib

ratio

n m

ode

Setti

ng1

323

2Ex

it fro

m C

alib

ratio

n m

ode

4A

bort

Cal

ibra

tion

mod

e

8En

ter C

onfig

urat

ion

mod

e

16Ex

it fro

m C

onfig

urat

ion

mod

e

32A

bort

Con

figur

atio

n m

ode

Page 263: R8605B M300 V2

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 159 of 160

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

Cal

ibra

tion

Setti

ngs

06,1

641

017

Cal

ibra

tion

Com

man

d Re

giste

r“T

31”

1C

alib

rate

Ana

logu

e in

puts

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

Setti

ng1

12C

alib

Mod

e

2C

alib

rate

d.c

. mill

ivol

t inp

ut o

ffset

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

3C

alib

rate

d.c

. mill

ivol

t inp

ut fu

ll sc

ale

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

4C

alib

rate

Ana

logu

e ou

tput

s(C

alib

ratio

n M

ode

Onl

y)

5C

alib

rate

Bas

e Te

mpe

ratu

re(C

alib

ratio

n M

ode

Onl

y)

6A

nalo

gue

inpu

t act

ual v

alue

s lo

aded

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

7A

nalo

gue

outp

ut a

ctua

l val

ues

load

ed(C

alib

ratio

n M

ode

Onl

y)

8Te

st Re

lays

Clo

sed

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e on

ly)

9Te

st Re

lays

Ope

n (C

alib

ratio

n M

ode

Onl

y)

10Te

st LE

Ds

On

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

11Te

st LE

Ds

Off

(Cal

ibra

tion

Mod

e O

nly)

03,0

6,16

4101

8A

ckno

wle

dge

Regi

ster

“ T1

”1

Ack

now

ledg

e A

nalo

gue

inpu

ts C

alib

ratio

n su

cces

sSe

tting

010

23C

alib

Mod

e

2A

ckno

wle

dge

Ana

logu

e in

puts

Cal

ibra

tion

Faile

d

4A

ckno

wle

dge

d.c.

mill

ivol

t inp

ut o

ffset

Cal

ibra

tion

succ

ess

8A

ckno

wle

dge

d.c.

mill

ivol

t inp

ut o

ffset

Cal

ibra

tion

Faile

d

16A

ckno

wle

dge

d.c.

mill

ivol

t inp

ut fu

ll sc

ale

Cal

ibra

tion

succ

ess

Page 264: R8605B M300 V2

Cod

eA

ddre

ssC

onte

nts

Dat

aIn

dVa

lues

/ D

epen

denc

ies

Reg.

Typ

eM

inM

axSt

epPa

ssco

de

32A

ckno

wle

dge

d.c.

mill

ivol

t inp

ut fu

ll sc

ale

Cal

ibra

tion

Faile

d

64A

ckno

wle

dge

Ana

logu

e ou

tput

sC

alib

ratio

n su

cces

s

128

Ack

now

ledg

e A

nalo

gue

outp

uts

Cal

ibra

tion

Faile

d

256

Ack

now

ledg

e Ba

se T

empe

rture

Cal

ibra

tion

succ

ess

512

Ack

now

ledg

e Ba

se T

empe

rture

Cal

ibra

tion

faile

d

03,0

6,16

4101

941

020

Va C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4102

141

022

Ia C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4102

341

024

Vb C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4102

541

026

Ib C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4102

741

028

Vc C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4102

941

030

Ic C

alib

ratio

n A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4103

141

032

Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t 1A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4103

341

034

Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t 2A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4103

541

036

Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t 3A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4103

741

038

Ana

logu

e O

utpu

t 4A

ctua

l Val

ue“T

13”

Setti

ng0

100

0.00

001

Cal

ib M

ode

03,0

6,16

4103

9Re

prog

ram

Fla

shM

emor

y C

omm

and

“T59

231

30A

pat

tern

of 0

x05A

5A n

eed

to b

e en

tere

din

ord

er to

exe

cute

the

com

man

d.Se

tting

02^

161

Cal

ib M

ode

SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2

Chapter 5Page 160 of 160

Page 265: R8605B M300 V2

continued overleaf

REPAIR FORM

Please complete this form and return it to ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control Limited with theequipment to be repaired. This form may also be used in the case of application queries.

ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control LimitedSt. Leonards WorksStaffordST17 4LX,England

For: After Sales Service Department

Customer Ref: _____________________ Model No: __________________

GECA Contract Ref: _____________________ Serial No: __________________

Date: _____________________

1. What parameters were in use at the time the fault occurred?

AC volts _____________ Main VT/Test set

DC volts _____________ Battery/Power supply

AC current _____________ Main CT/Test set

Frequency _____________

2. Which type of test was being used? ____________________________________________

3. Were all the external components fitted where required? Yes/No(Delete as appropriate.)

4. List the relay settings being used

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

5. What did you expect to happen?

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Page 266: R8605B M300 V2

6. What did happen?

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

7. When did the fault occur?

Instant Yes/No Intermittent Yes/No

Time delayed Yes/No (Delete as appropriate).

By how long? ___________

8. What indications if any did the relay show?

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

9. Was there any visual damage?

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

10. Any other remarks which may be useful:

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________ _______________________________________Signature Title

______________________________________ _______________________________________Name (in capitals) Company name

Page 267: R8605B M300 V2
Page 268: R8605B M300 V2

A L S T O M T & D P r o t e c t i o n & C o n t r o l L t d St Leonards Works, Stafford, ST17 4LX EnglandTel: 44 (0) 1785 223251 Fax: 44 (0) 1785 212232 Email: [email protected] Internet: www.alstom.com

©1999 ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control Ltd

Our policy is one of continuous product development and the right is reserved to supply equipment which may vary from that described.

Publication R8605B Printed in England.